JP2019048163A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of making it easier to disperse balls evenly over the whole storage area.SOLUTION: In a game machine, balls can be bypassed by flowing balls into each bypass 3300, 3400 when balls are prevented from flowing into a storage area from a payout port 23 caused by a pile of balls stacked near the payout port. In this way, balls can be sent to areas away from the payout port, more specifically areas away from the pile. Therefore, it can be made easier to disperse balls evenly over the whole storage area. Consequently, for example, a player does not need to work to level a pile stored unevenly at a part of the storage area and can concentrate in games. The whole enlarged storage area can be effectively utilized.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 50

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front frame and storing balls. Patent Document 1 discloses a structure capable of enlarging or reducing the storage area of a storage member (lower tray).

JP 2007-136095 A

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the balls uniformly in the entire storage area.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can easily disperse balls uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is a front frame which is formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member which is disposed on the front of the front frame and which forms a storage area for storing balls. And an inlet for letting the spheres flow into the storage region of the storage member, and a detour path extending from one end of the inlet side toward the other end as a passage through which the balls can be thrown.

  According to a second aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to the first aspect, the bypass path is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

  The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein one end of the bypass path is connected to the lower surface of the inlet.

  According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area.

  According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine of the first aspect, it is possible to accelerate the initial speed when sending out from the other end of the detour to the storage area.

  According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine of the first aspect or the second aspect, the ball can be reliably flowed into the bypass.

It is a front view of a pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower tray. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) is a top view of the side wall member in the expanded state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. (A) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXa-XXa line of FIG. 10 (a), (b) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXb-XXb line of FIG.10 (b). It is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXI-XXI line | wire of FIG. 10 (a). (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) to (d) are top views of the side wall member in the first state to the third state. (A) And (b) is a top view of the side wall member in a 4th state and a 5th state, (c) is a top view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in a contracted state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 1st state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 2nd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 3rd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 4th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 5th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st division body. It is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIII direction view of FIG. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in an expanded state, (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIVb direction view of (a). It is a lower tray in 2nd Embodiment, Comprising: It is a front perspective view of the lower tray in a shrinking | reduction state. It is a front perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower tray. It is a rear perspective view of an inner wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled bottom perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled bottom perspective view of a side wall member. It is a rear perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. (A) is a top view of the lower plate in the contracted state, (b) to (d) is a top view of the lower plate in the first to third states, and (e) is the lower surface in the enlarged state It is a top view of a plate. (A) is a side cross-sectional view of the lower tray in the contracted state, and (b) and (c) are side cross-sectional views of the lower tray in the first state and the second state. (A) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the third state, and (b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the enlarged state. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame and lower dish in a 3rd embodiment. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in the XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb line | wire of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in the LIb-LIb line of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in 5th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in the LVb-LVb line | wire of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in 6th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in the LVIIb-LVIIb line | wire of FIG. 57 (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray, and (c) is a cross-section of the inner frame at line LXc-LXc in (b) FIG. (A) is a top view of the inner frame and the lower plate in the seventh embodiment, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate along the line LXIb-LXIb in (a), (c) is a top view It is sectional drawing of the inner frame in the LXIc-LXIc line of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (c) is sectional drawing of an inner frame. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (c) is sectional drawing of an inner frame. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray in a 8th embodiment.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the attached drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 34, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a substantially rectangular combination of wooden frames, and an outer frame 11 having substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In the outer frame 11, metal hinges 18 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1) to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front side.

  In the inner frame 12, the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails and winning openings 63, 64 and the like is detachably mounted from the back side. A ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13 to play a ball game. In the inner frame 12, a ball emitting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) for emitting balls to the front area of the game board 13 and a ball for guiding balls emitted from the ball emitting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13 Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the upper front side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 19 is provided is an open / close shaft. The lower tray unit 14 and the lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be able to open and close to the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front frame 14 is an assembly of a resin part for decoration, an electric part, and the like, and a window portion 14 c having an opening formed in a substantially elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass sheets is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front of the game board 13 can be viewed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  In the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box-like shape with the upper surface opened and protruding upward, and prize balls, lending balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination thereof guides the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the content of the effect of super reach. Ru.

  The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around its periphery (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emission mode by lighting up or flashing according to the change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit, a predetermined reach time, etc., and play a role of enhancing the rendering effect during the game. The electric decoration parts 29-33 which incorporated light emission means, such as LED, are provided in the periphery of the window part 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as a big hit lamp, and at the time of big hit or reach production etc., each electric decoration part 29 to 33 is lit by lighting and blinking of the built-in LED. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that it is in the middle of a jackpot, or that it is in reach before the jackpot. Further, at the upper left portion of the front surface frame 14 in a front view (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is incorporated and provided with a display lamp 34 capable of displaying a payout ball and an error occurrence time.

  A small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right side of the electric decoration 32 so that a transparent resin is attached from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen. 2) is made visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin plated with chromium is attached to the area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to create more refreshingness.

  Under the window portion 14c, a ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed. The rental ball operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball rental button 42, and a return button 43. When the rental ball operation unit 40 is operated with a bill, a card, etc. being inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is A loan will be made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the remaining amount is displayed as a number as remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded in the card etc. (recording medium), and the lending ball supplies the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present in the card etc. Be done. The return button 43 is operated when it is requested to return a card or the like inserted in the card unit. In the case of a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without passing through a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball operating unit 40. In this case, the ball operating unit 40 is used. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation part of to make the part configuration common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that can not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface on the left side thereof. . On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive a ball into the front of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball emission unit 112a, an emission stop switch 51b for stopping emission of the ball during the pressing operation, and rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) or the like for detecting the amount of movement operation (rotational position) by a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is turned clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of the turning operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is fired with a strength corresponding to (ballistic strength), whereby the ball is struck to the front of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, in a state where the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the emission stop switch 51b are off.

  At the front lower portion of the lower plate 50, a ball removing lever 52 for operating when discharging the balls stored in the lower plate 50 downward is provided. The ball release lever 52 is always urged in the front direction, and by sliding it in the back direction against the urging, the bottom surface opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened. A ball falls naturally from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 54b is usually performed with a box (generally referred to as a "seven box") for receiving the ball discharged from the lower plate 50 below the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a windmill, and rails 61 and 62. The first opening 63, the second opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the back surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1) Attached to the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light transmitting resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are disposed in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed by tapping screw etc. from the front side.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.

  An outer rail 62 formed by bending a belt-like metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front of the game board 13, and at the inside position of the outer rail 62, a belt-like metal plate like the outer rail 62 is formed. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in the above is planted. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rails 61 and the outer rails 62, and the front and back are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of the game. The game area is a front area of the game board 13 and is divided by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 connecting the rails (a prize opening and the like are provided and launched). Area where the ball flows down).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the top of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the end portion (upper left part in FIG. 2) of the inner rail 61, and the situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 once comes back into the ball guide passage is prevented. Be done. At the end of the outer rail 62 (the upper right part in FIG. 2), the rubber return 69 is attached to a position corresponding to the largest flying portion of the ball, and the ball fired with a predetermined momentum strikes the rubber return 69 Is bounced toward the central part while being attenuated.

  First symbol display devices 37A and 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are disposed on the lower left side of the game area (the lower left side in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B perform display according to each control performed by the main control unit 110 (see FIG. 4), and display of the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly performed. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used according to whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A is activated, and when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is in a steady change, a time-short or a normal, by means of LEDs, or indicate whether it is in fluctuation by means of an on-light condition. The stop symbol indicates whether the symbol corresponds to the probability variation big hit or the symbol corresponding to the normal big hit or not by the lighted state, or indicates the number of holding balls by the lighted state, and by the 7-segment display device, the round of the big hit Display numbers and errors. In addition, a plurality of LEDs may be configured to have different emission colors (for example, red, green, blue) of the respective LEDs, and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed in response to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 having a winning. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the jackpot is successful (jump lottery), and when it is determined that the jackpot is made, the jackpot type is also determined. As jackpot types determined here, 15R probability variation jackpots, 4R probability variation jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. Not only is it shown whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as the stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation in the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B, and if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown .

  Here, "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot where the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after 15 round jackpots, and "4R probability variation jackpot" is a maximum number of round jackpots with 4 rounds It is a probability change jackpot to shift to a high probability state after. Also, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds transitions to a low probability state after jackpots of 15 rounds and for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuation numbers) becomes a short time state. is there.

  Also, "high probability state" refers to a state in which the subsequent jackpot probability is increased as added value after the end of the jackpot, so-called probability fluctuation (during a definite change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special gaming state The state of The high probability state (during a definite change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 640 by increasing the hitting probability of the second symbol described later. The term "low probability state" refers to a time when the probability of change is not positive, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than that of probability change. Moreover, with the time saving state (time saving) of the "low probability state", the jackpot probability is a normal state, and only the jackpot probability of the second symbol is increased with the jackpot probability unchanged, and the second winning opening 640 To say the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is normally medium is the state of the game which is neither a definite change nor a time reduction (a state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the hit probability of the second symbol is increased).

  The probability change of the second symbol not only increases during a definite change or time, but also the time when the motorized accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is changed, and a longer time than normal It is set. When the motorized part 640a is in the open state (open state), the ball reaches the second winning opening 640 compared to when the motorized part 640a is in the closed state (closed state). It becomes easy condition. Therefore, the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 640 during a definite change or during a time cut, and it is possible to increase the number of times a jackpot lottery is performed.

  In addition, in addition to changing the opening time of the motorized role thing 640a attached to the second winning a prize opening 640 during a definite change or during a short time, or in addition to changing the opening time, the electric operation per hit A change may be made to increase the number of times the accessory 640 a is released more than in the normal mode. In addition, the probability of hitting the second symbol does not change during definite changes or during a short time, and the electric symbol 640a is opened at a time and once when the electric symbol 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened. At least one of the numbers may be changed. In addition, the time during which the electric winning combination 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is open or the number of times the electric combination 640a is opened per hit does not occur during a certain change or during a short time, and the second symbol is hit Only the probability may be changed to be up relative to normal.

  In the game area, there are provided a plurality of general winning openings 63 in which five to fifteen balls are paid out as winning balls by winning balls. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by winnings (start winnings) to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640, while being synchronized with the variable display in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the third symbol A third symbol display device 81 configured of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second symbol triggered by the passage of a ball of through gate 67 A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided.

  Further, a center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible from an opening opened at the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is configured of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), for example, the upper, middle and lower 3 One symbol column is displayed. Each symbol row is constituted by a plurality of symbols (third symbol), and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 by horizontally scrolling these third symbols for each symbol row It is supposed to be. The third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment is the first symbol display device 37A, 37B in which the display of the gaming state accompanied by the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed, but the first A decorative display is performed according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B. The third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel instead of the display device.

  The second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol “o” and the symbol “x” as display symbols (the second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through gate 67 It is a variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. If it is a result of the winning lottery, if it is a hit, the symbol of "o" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the second symbol in the second symbol display device. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is out of alignment, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the third symbol in the second symbol display device.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display in the second symbol display device is stopped at a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, the symbol "o"), the motorized role 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 has a predetermined time It is configured to be activated (opened) only.

  The time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the gaming state is normal. As a result, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the definite change and during the short time, it is possible to perform the winning lottery more frequently than in the middle. Therefore, since the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, it is possible to give the player a lot of opportunities for the electric winning combination 640 a of the second winning opening 640 to be in the open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the time saving.

  In addition, the second winning opening 640 during the definite change or time reduction by other methods, such as increasing the open probability and increasing the opening time and opening number of the motorized combination 640a per hit, which increases the hit probability during definite change or time reduction. When the ball is in a state in which it is easy to win, the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter during the definite change or during the short time than during the normal time, the winning probability may be made constant regardless of the gaming state, and a single hit The opening time and the number of times of opening of the motorized role product 640a with respect to may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board on the right side in the lower area of the variable display unit 80, and among the balls fired on the game board, a part of the ball flowing down the right of the game board can pass Is configured. When the ball passes through gate 67, a lottery for winning the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a hit, the symbol of "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and the result of the winning lottery is out For example, the symbol of "x" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display.

  The number of times the ball passes through gate 67 is held up to a total of four times, and the number of balls held is indicated by the above-mentioned first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the second symbol hold lamp (not shown) Is also displayed. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  In addition, as the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching on and off of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol holding lamp may be performed by part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of holding balls for the passage of the ball of the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 assembled is not limited to one, and may be plural (for example, two). Further, the assembly position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display unit 80, and may be, for example, the left side of the variable display unit 80. Further, since the number of balls held is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol holding lamp may not perform the lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, there is disposed a first winning opening 64 in which a ball can be won. When the ball is won in the first winning opening 64, the first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the turning on of the first winning opening switch. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, on the right side in a front view of the first winning opening 64, a second winning opening 640 in which a ball can win is disposed. When a ball is won in the second winning opening 640, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the second winning opening switch being turned on. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37B.

  Further, each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 is also one of the winning openings in which five balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In the present embodiment, the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is winning in the second winning opening 640 are configured the same. The number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball has won the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the second winning opening 640 has the ball, for example, to the first winning opening 64 The number of winning balls to be paid out when the player wins a prize may be three, and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the second prize winning hole 640 has won may be five.

  The second winning opening 640 is accompanied by a motorized role 640 a. The electric role object 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally, the electric role object 640a is in a closed state (shrinkage state), and it is difficult for the ball to win the second prize opening 640. On the other hand, when the symbol of "o" is displayed on the second symbol display device as a result of the fluctuation display of the second symbol performed triggered by the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, the motorized role piece 640a is in the open state (enlarged State), and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640.

  As mentioned above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal condition, and the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is short as compared to the normal, and therefore, in the variable display of the second symbol The symbol of “” becomes easy to be displayed, and the number of times that the motorized role piece 640 a is in the open state (enlarged state) is increased. Furthermore, during definite period of time and short time, the time when the motorized accessory 640a is opened is also longer than usual. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to win to the second winning opening 640 compared to the normal time during definite variation and during time saving.

  Here, the probability of being a big hit is the same in either the low probability state or the high probability state in the case where the ball has won in the first winning opening 64 and the case in which the ball has won in the second winning opening 640. However, the probability of becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot as the type of jackpot selected when jackpot is higher is higher in the case where the ball has won in the second winning opening 640 than in the case where the ball has won in the first winning opening 64 It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have a motorized part like the second winning opening 640, and the ball is always in a state where it is possible to win.

  Therefore, during the normal operation, there are many cases in which the motorized prize associated with the second winning opening 640 is in the closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640, and therefore, it is directed to the first prize opening 64 without the electric jack. Launch the ball so that the ball passes the left side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed"), and the winning of the first winning opening 64 gives a lot of opportunities for a big hit lottery and becomes a big hit It is advantageous for the player to aim at things.

  On the other hand, the electric gate 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is likely to be in the open state by passing the ball through the through gate 67 during definite variation or time, and it is easy to win the second winning opening 640. The ball is fired so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display 80 toward the second winning hole 640 (so-called "right-handed"), and the motor gate is opened by passing through the through gate 67. It is advantageous for the player to aim at becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot by winning in the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment emits a ball to the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is in the process of being changed, time is short, or is normal). You can change the way of “right-handed” and “right-handed”. Therefore, the player can enjoy the game because it can change the way of hitting the ball.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the upper right side of the first winning opening 64, and a substantially long rectangular shaped special winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided in a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning in the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640 becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variation time) has elapsed, the stop symbol of the big hit and The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on, and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is indicated. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) in which the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the special winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or 10 balls have been won).

  The specific winning hole 65a is closed when a predetermined time passes, and after the closing, the specific winning hole 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning hole 65a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which the opening and closing operation is being performed is a form of special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger amount of prize balls than usual as the provision of the gaming value (game value). Is done.

  Specifically, the variable winning device 65 is a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate covering the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for driving to open / close forward about the lower side of the opening / closing plate. And have. The specific winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball can not win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large open port solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side, temporarily forming an open state in which the ball is easy to win in the specified winning port 65a. Operates to repeat the state and the state alternately.

  In addition, the special gaming state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening is provided in the game area, which is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time The game state that the large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined period of time for a predetermined number of times during the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, triggered by the ball winning into the specific winning opening 65a It may be formed as a state. Further, the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or more (for example, three) may be disposed, and the arrangement position is not limited to the upper right side of the first winning opening 64, for example The left side of the variable display unit 80 may be used.

  In the lower right corner of the game board 13, a sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate stamp, an identification label or the like is provided, and a seal paper stuck to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. It can be viewed through 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first out port 71. A ball flowing down the game area, which has not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, is guided to the ball discharging passage (not shown) through the first out port 71. The first out port 71 is disposed below the first winning port 64.

  A large number of nails are implanted in the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (features) such as a windmill are disposed.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is integrated with a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). In the control board unit 91, a delivery control board (delivery control device 111), a emission control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116 are mounted and unitized.

  In the back pack unit 94, a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board is used as an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port to communicate with various devices, a random number generator used in various lottery, time counting and synchronization etc. Clock pulse generation circuits etc. are mounted as needed.

  The main control unit 110, the audio lamp control unit 113 and the display control unit 114, the payout control unit 111 and the emission control unit 112, the power supply unit 115 and the card unit connection board 116 are accommodated in the substrate boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The substrate boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate the control devices and the respective substrates.

  In addition, the substrate box 100 (main controller 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing controller 111 and firing controller 112) connect the box base and the box cover unsealably (sealing structure) by a sealing unit (not shown) Consolidated). Further, a seal seal (not shown) is pasted over the box base and the box cover at the connection portion between the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if it is attempted to peel off the sealing seal to open the substrate box 100 or 102, or if the substrate box 100 or 102 is to be opened forcibly, the box base side and the box cover It is cut to the side. Therefore, by confirming the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it can be known whether or not the substrate box 100, 102 has been opened.

  Dispensing unit 93 is located at the top of back pack unit 94 and opens upward, tank 130, tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side, and a dispensing device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 for dispensing balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) ing. The balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall are successively replenished to the tank 130, and the required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. The tank rail 131 is attached with a vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131.

  In addition, the payout control device 111 is provided with the state recovery switch 120, the emission control device 112 is provided with the operation knob 121 of the variable resistor, and the power supply device 115 is provided with the RAM erase switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) portion, for example. The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the launch force of the launch solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on in order to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is mounted with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic device. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 storing various control programs to be executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control unit 110, main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as a jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device by the MPU 201 Run.

  Although various commands are transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control units such as the payout control unit 111 and the audio lamp control unit 113 to operate. Such command is transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit in one direction only.

  The RAM 203 is a stack area in which various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc. are stored, various flags and counters, I / O, etc. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to be able to receive data (backup) supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power shutoff (including the time of the power failure, the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including the power on due to the cancellation of the power failure, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power interruption. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When it is input, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 via a bus line 204 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol hold lamp, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specified winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing drive to the front side and a solenoid for driving a motorized part is connected to the MPU 201. The MPU 201 receives various commands and control signals via the input / output port 205. Send

  The input / output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotational position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115 described later. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of the winning balls and the lending balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 212 storing a control program to be executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111 is, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, a stack area where the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, various flags and counters , I / O, etc. are stored in the work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to receive a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is turned off and to hold (back up) data, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the emission control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but not connected to the main control device 110.

  The emission control device 112 controls the ball emission unit 112 a so that the ball launch strength according to the amount of rotational operation of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main controller 110 instructs the ball emission. . The ball launch unit 112a includes a launch solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the launch solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on condition that the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotational operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and the ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (such as the illumination parts 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 and the like performed by the display control device 114 such as display (display) and advance notice effect. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 configured by an address bus and a data bus. To the input / output port 225, a main control unit 110, a display control unit 114, an audio output unit 226, a lamp display unit 227, other units 228, a frame button 22 and the like are connected.

  The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed by the third symbol display device 81, or super reach It instructs the display control device 114 to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a back side image change command including information on the changed stage is transmitted to display control device 114 in order to display a back side image corresponding to the changed stage on third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 in accordance with the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

  In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. Based on the display command received from the display control device 114, the sound lamp control device 113 outputs a sound corresponding to the display content from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81. The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled according to the display content.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the third symbol display effect variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 matches the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226 by outputting the voice from the voice output device 226 according to the display content indicated by the display command. be able to.

  The power supply unit 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As a summary, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts AC supplied from the outside, 12 volts voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as solenoid 209, motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and a backup voltage are supplied to the respective control devices 110 to 114 and the like.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting the power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of the stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power loss, power loss) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the blackout signal SG1 is outputted to the main control unit 110 and the payout control unit 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure, and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a 5-volt voltage, which is a driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient for execution of the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown) normally.

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control unit 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. The main control unit 110 controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data and causing the payout control unit 111 to clear the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. Transmit to the device 111.

  Next, the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 34. First, the entire configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 9. FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50, and FIG. 6 is an exploded front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, on the lower left side of the inner frame 12, a payout opening 23 formed as a rectangular opening in a front view is disposed, and a position corresponding to the payout opening 23 (ie, the payout opening 23). The lower plate 50 is disposed at a position where it can receive the balls paid out from the The balls that can not be stored in the upper plate 17 are discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 50 and stored in the storage area of the lower plate 50.

  The lower plate 50 is disposed on the inner frame 12 in a posture in which the discharge outlet 23 is offset to the left of the storage area and the bottom wall member 54 is positioned lower than the lower surface of the discharge outlet 23 in front view. Ru. Therefore, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 are stored while flowing from the left side to the right side of the bottom wall member 54 of the lower plate 50 from the left side to the right side in the initial stage. When the spheres are stored to such an extent that they spread, they are stored in the form of forming a mountain near the outlet 23. When a predetermined amount of balls are stored in the lower plate 50, the player operates the ball removing lever 54b to discharge the balls into a box (so-called one-scene box) disposed below the lower plate 50.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 of the lower plate 50 is formed so as to be displaceable back and forth, and the size of the storage area is enlarged or expanded by causing the side wall member 55 to project forward or backward. It can be reduced (see FIGS. 7 and 8). Therefore, the size of the storage area can be expanded, so that the frequency of the ball removing operation from the lower plate 50 can be reduced, and the player can be concentrated on the game by that amount. On the other hand, since the size of the storage area can be reduced, the lower plate 50 (the overhanging side wall member 55) interferes with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 when the front frame 14 is opened, and the external shape during transportation becomes large. Can be suppressed. The structure of the expansion and contraction of the lower plate 50 will be described in detail below.

  7 (a) and 7 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the expanded state. is there. 9 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 50. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 9, the disassembled state of the lower tray 50 in the contracted state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the lower plate 50 includes a bottom wall member 54 forming the bottom surface of the storage area, and a side wall member 55 erected from the bottom wall member 54 and forming the side surface of the storage area 56 mainly includes an axial support pin 57 and an axial support plate 58 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 55 on the bottom wall member 54.

  The bottom wall member 54 is a plate-like member disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 12 in a posture extending substantially horizontally toward the front, and is an opening for discharging a sphere from the storage area of the lower plate 50. A ball removing hole 54a and a ball removing lever 54b operated by the player when the ball removing hole 54a is opened are provided. The ball removal hole 54a is disposed on the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 50 (opposite to the discharge outlet 23) in top view of the bottom wall member 54, and the top surface of the bottom wall member 54 is removed from four sides It is formed in the form inclined downward to the hole 54a.

  The side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and one end side and a second side portion (second piece) of the substantially L-shaped long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X, refer to FIGS. 11 to 19) By directing the other end side of 551Y to 557Y (see FIGS. 11 to 19) to the front of the front frame 12, the L-shaped bent portion is disposed in a posture in which the front frame 12 is protruded forward. Therefore, a substantially triangular space in top view is defined by the side wall member 55 on the front surface of the front frame 12. The side wall member 55 has one end (a left side in a front view, that is, an end on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is pivotally supported so as to be openable and closable) at one end of a long side portion in a top view substantially L shape. It is rotatably supported on the bottom wall member 54 by the mounting plate 58.

  The side wall member 55 has a plurality of (seven in the present embodiment) divided bodies (the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557, see FIGS. 11 to 19) having a substantially L-shape in top view, and a rotation shaft It is formed so as to overlap along the axial direction of the (axial support pin 57). Each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is displaced toward the upper layer side by a larger amount as it is rotated about the pivotal support pin 57, thereby forming a step shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed. To expand. Therefore, the freedom degree of arrangement | positioning of the ball extraction hole 54a (refer FIG. 9) in the bottom wall member 54 is securable.

  That is, in the structure in which the storage area is enlarged or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the operation of the player, the overlapping portion between the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side It is not possible to arrange the deburring holes, and the degree of freedom of its arrangement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the storage areas are expanded by forming the stair-like shape by displacing the divided bodies 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other, and for expanding or reducing the storage areas. An overlap margin is not formed between the portion (each divided body 551 to 557) displaced to the bottom and the bottom wall member 54. Therefore, the ball removal hole 54a can be arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall member 54, and the freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 55 is expanded in a step-like shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 8). That is, since the upper side divided body is projected to the front side as viewed from the player, the storage area is enlarged without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening. As it expands, the player's hand can be easily inserted into the lower plate 50. In other words, the size of the upper plate 17 can be increased accordingly. Further, as described above, the side wall member 55 is projected to the front side as viewed from the player, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state.

  The inner wall member 56 is a plate-like member erected from the bottom wall member 54, and is an inner side (storage area side) of a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of a substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 55. , And forms a part of the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50. That is, the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50 is reduced by the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 551 X to 557 X) of the substantially L-shaped top surface view of the side wall member 55 and the inner wall member 56 in the contracted state. In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of a substantially L-shape in a top view of the side wall member 55 is added to this.

  Here, the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L-shaped top surface view of the side wall member 55 have different length dimensions. Therefore, in the contracted state, the respective end portions are disposed at mutually different positions, and a plurality of steps are formed along the longitudinal direction of the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y). Therefore, when the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 50 is formed by the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y), for example, one to several balls left on the lower tray 50 when ending the game When taking out, the ball is caught on the step and difficult to take out.

  That is, since the upper plate 17 is disposed above the lower plate 50 and the space is narrow, it is difficult to pick up the ball in the lower plate 50 with a finger. Therefore, the ball is pressed against the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) in the storage area of the lower plate 50 with the finger of the left hand and rolled out to the front side. In this case, when the above-described step is formed, the ball is caught on the step and it becomes difficult to take it out.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) in the storage area of the plate 50 is formed by the inner wall member 56 in a contracted state, and is formed into a flat surface. That is, the step by the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) can be hidden by the inner wall member 56. As a result, the ball can be easily taken out by rolling the ball to the front side while pressing it against the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50 with the finger of the left hand.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 56 forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. Pieces 551Y to 557Y) are disposed on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 are inner wall members A portion of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by juxtaposing the side of 56 and both of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551 Y to 557 Y) and the inner wall member 56. Thus, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be shortened, and the space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed.

  That is, when the inner wall member 56 is not provided, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 551 to 557 (not only in the state where the storage area is reduced but also in the state where the storage area is expanded) Since it is necessary for the second pieces 551Y to 557Y) to be a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 and the storage area (inner wall The dimension which added the length dimension corresponded to the expansion part of) is needed.

  Therefore, the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) becomes large, and it is necessary to secure a part of the space in the internal space of the inner frame 12. That is, the other end side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) needs to be accommodated in the inner space of the inner frame 12 in the reduced state shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, by providing the inner wall member 56, the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L shape only needs to be the inner wall of the storage area only in the enlarged state. The length dimension of the side portion can be suppressed to the length dimension corresponding to the enlargement (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed, and it can be unnecessary to secure a part of the space in the internal space of the inner frame 12.

  A restricting portion 56a is provided on the back surface side of the inner wall member 56 so as to protrude, and the restricting portion 56a overlaps the upper surface of the short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 55. Therefore, when the side wall member 55 which receives the weight of the ball falls down, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (short side portion) to suppress the floating thereof. It is possible to suppress the falling down. Further, since the restricting portion 56a can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55, the restricting portion 56a restricts the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the enlargement direction and can hold the side wall member 55 at the overhanging position (see FIG. 9). .

  In this case, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is increased toward the upper divided body (see FIGS. 11 to 19). When the enlarged state shown in Fig. 8 is formed, the upper divided body is projected outward, and the end faces (the opposite side to the enlargement direction, the right side in Fig. 8) of the substantially L-shaped short side portion are flush with each other (See FIG. 8), the overlap between the substantially L-shaped short sides of the divided members 551 to 557 is ensured, and the deflection with respect to the weight of the ball is suppressed, and the substantially L-shaped short sides By suppressing the length of the portion, it is possible to suppress the cost of parts.

  That is, in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, in each divided body 551 to 557, the end face of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) in the lower divided body than the upper divided body protrudes Even if it does, the protrusion can not contribute to suppression of bending to the adjacent short side part. On the other hand, in the contracted state shown in FIG. 7, the overlap between the substantially L-shaped short sides of the divided members 551 to 557 is reduced, but the weight of the ball is exerted on the inner wall member 56 to substantially reduce the L shape. It does not act directly on the short side of. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 is an upper surface at an end portion on the end face side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) which are arranged flush with each other in the enlarged state shown in FIG. Overlap. That is, as described later, the storage area is expanded or contracted in seven stages of the contraction state, the first state to the fifth state, and the enlargement state (see FIGS. 22 and 23), in any of the states; It is arrange | positioned in the position which can overlap with the substantially L-shaped short side part (2nd piece 551Y-557Y) of all the division bodies (1st-7th division 551-557) in top view. Therefore, regardless of the degree of expansion of the storage area (which one of the seven stages), the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 551 to 557 can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position The bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 can abut the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55 (the first divided body 551), so that the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction can be restricted. That is, the restricting portion 56a supports not only the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (the second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 (the first divided body 551) to suppress bending but also the divided bodies Since it also serves as a stopper that restricts the rotation of 551 to 557 in the expansion direction, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Here, in the case where the lower plate 50 is formed so as to be able to expand or reduce its storage area, the front plate 14 is kept in the state in which the lower plate 50 is expanded in the holes where the plurality of pachinko machines 10 are juxtaposed. When it is released carelessly, there is a possibility that the enlarged lower plate 50 may touch the next pachinko machine 10 and be damaged.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rotation shaft (shaft support pin 57) of the lower plate 50 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that pivotally supports the front frame 14 so as to open and close. Since it is disposed on the left side (front view), the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is enlarged, and the side wall member 55 is reduced even if the lower plate 50 contacts the pachinko machine 10 installed next As it can be rotated in the direction, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and the amount of protrusion of the side wall member 55 from the front face of the inner frame 12 increases largely as it separates from the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57). When the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 contacts the side wall member 55 due to the contact. The applied pressing force can be applied to the side wall member 55 (long side portion) in such a direction as to easily form a torque for rotating the side wall member 55 about the rotation axis. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be easily rotated in the reduction direction, and breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the side wall member 55 is formed by curving the long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X) having a substantially L shape in top view in a circular arc shape convex outward, the enlarged lower plate 50 is a front surface When the frame 14 is opened to contact the adjacent pachinko machine 10, the mating member is slid along the side wall member 55 (the outer peripheral surface of the long side portion), and both can be prevented from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Further, in the side wall member 55, the short side portion (the first piece 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape in top view is curved in an arc shape centering on the rotation shaft (the pivot pin 57) as described later. Since it is formed, when the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, it can be suppressed that the short side portion of the side wall member 55 contacts the other member. That is, it is possible to prevent the opposing member from contacting the short side portion of the side wall member 55 and inhibiting the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the reduction direction. As a result, damage to the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  In the present embodiment, the lower plate 50 (first divided body 551) is disposed at the same height position as the handle 51. Therefore, in the case where the distance (horizontal distance) between the rotation axis (axial support pin 57) and the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is smaller than the horizontal dimension of the first piece 551Y of the first divided body 551 When the front frame 14 is opened while the lower tray 50 is expanded, the enlarged lower tray 50 is brought into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10.

  In this case, since the handle 51 is formed in a spherical shape, when the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 (first piece 551Y Sliding along the outer peripheral surface of the) to prevent both from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. FIG. 10A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and FIG. 10B is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the expanded state. 11 to 13 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 55 in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 10A, and FIGS. 14 to 16 are side wall members 55 in the direction of arrow B in FIG. It is a disassembled front perspective view of. 17 to 19 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 55 in a bottom view.

  The first divided body 551 and the second divided body 552 are illustrated in (a) and (b) of FIGS. 11, 14 and 17, respectively, in (a) and (b) of FIGS. 12, 15 and 18. The third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are the fifth divided body 555, the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh in FIGS. 13, 16 and 19 (a), (b) and (c). Dividers 557 are illustrated respectively.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and a plurality of (in this embodiment, 7) are overlapped along the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57, see FIG. 9). (The first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557). Each divided body 551 to 557 is formed of a resin material in an overlapping shape (substantially the same shape) in top view.

  Specifically, in the side wall member 55, the uppermost layer is formed by the first divided body 551, and the second divided body 552 to the sixth side are formed on the lower surface of the first divided body 551 (surface on the back side in FIG. 10A). The lowermost layer is formed of the seventh divided bodies 557 arranged on the lower surface of the sixth divided body 556, in which the divided bodies 556 are arranged in order. The lowermost seventh divided body 557 is fastened and fixed to the side wall member 55 (see FIG. 9).

  As shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 19, the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 have axial support holes 551 a to 557 a formed at one end side to form a long side portion in a substantially L shape in top view It is formed of one piece 551X to 557X and second pieces 551Y to 557Y continuously connected to the other end side of the first pieces 551X to 557X to form a short side portion in a substantially L shape in top view.

  The first pieces 551X to 557X have a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage area is concave (that is, convex outward), and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a and have substantially the same diameter The top view shape (the shape of the axial support holes 551a to 557a in the axial direction) is curved and formed in an arc shape.

  By curving the first pieces 551X to 557X in an arc shape that is convex outward, not only the size of the storage area can be secured, but as described above, the front frame 14 is enlarged while the lower plate 50 is expanded. The lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be easily closed when it is opened and collides with the next pachinko machine 10 or the like. Further, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are curved in an arc shape centering on the pivotal support holes 551a to 557a, so that the overlapping state in the circumferential direction can be maintained in each state of enlargement and reduction of the side wall member 55, As will be described later, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 can be enhanced, and the bending by the weight of the ball can be suppressed.

  A protrusion which extends along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X and is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross-sectional shape on the upper surfaces of the second pieces 552 to 557X of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 552b-557b are arrange | positioned (refer FIGS. 11-16). On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first segments 551X to 556X of the first segment 551 to the sixth segment 556, the first segments 551X to 556X extend along the longitudinal direction of the first segments 551X to 556X and are recessed as concave grooves in cross section. Restriction grooves 551c to 556c are provided (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  When the divisions 551 to 557 are vertically superimposed, the protrusions 552 b to 557 b of the second division 552 to the seventh division 557 are the restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c of the first division 551 to the sixth division 556. The projections 552b to 557b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c when the divisions 551 to 556 are arranged (stored) and rotated around the pivot pins 57. The movable (rotational) range of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is defined (see FIG. 20).

  The protrusions 552b to 557b are formed in a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage region is concave (that is, convex outward) by curving the top view shape (the shape in the axial direction of the axial support holes 552a to 557a). It is arrange | positioned by the attitude | position located in the storage area and the opposite side (outside side) as it goes to the 2nd piece 552Y-557Y from the support hole 552a-557a. That is, the protrusions 552b to 557b are extended in an inclined manner with respect to the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are curved in a circular arc shape substantially the same as the upper surface shape of the protrusions 552b to 557b in the lower surface shape, and one inner wall surface is stored The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the first piece 552X to 557X on the area side, and the other inner wall face is opposite to the storage area as it goes from the pivot support holes 551a to 556a to the second piece 551Y to 556Y Is disposed in a posture that is located on the That is, the groove widths of the restricting grooves 551 c to 556 c are gradually expanded as they go from the support holes 551 a to 556 a to the second pieces 551 Y to 556 Y.

  The second segments 552Y to 555Y of the second segment 552 to the fifth segment 557 are the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e connected in parallel to the first segments 552X to 555X, and the outer edge portion (shaft of the first horizontal portion 552e Elevated portions 552f to 555f erected along the axial direction of the axial support holes 552a to 555a from the edge on the side far from the support holes 552a to 555a and the erected portions of the erected portions 552f to 555f The second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extend in parallel with the first pieces 552X to 555X from the tip to the outside (in the direction away from the support holes 552a to 555a).

  The 6th division 556 and the 2nd piece 556Y of the 7th division 557 are the 1st horizontal part 556e and 557e which continue in parallel with the 1st piece 556Y and 557Y, and the outer edge part of the 1st horizontal part 556e and 557e It is provided with standing parts 556f and 557f which are provided to stand along the axial direction of the shaft support holes 556a and 557a from (the edge on the side where the distance from the shaft support hole 556a is far). That is, in the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, the second horizontal portion is omitted. In the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, an inclined surface 557f1 is formed on the side opposite to the side on which the lock piece 773 (see FIGS. 32 and 33) of the lock mechanism 77 described later is engaged. Ru.

  In the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the radius of the inner edge (the distance from the axis of the axial support holes 552a to 557a) is set to be the same, and the radius of the outer edge is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) The more you do, the smaller the value. Therefore, erected portions 552f to 557f erected from the outer edge portion of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e are closer to the inner edge portion side of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e as they are positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) (The side of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a). Further, the standing portions 552f to 557f are set to smaller values as the standing height is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side), and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g have a width dimension The distance between the inner edge and the outer edge) is set to a smaller value as it is located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side).

  Therefore, in the state where the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are vertically stacked, the one positioned closer to the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) is located closer to the storage area side (axial support holes 551a to 557a) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g in the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be superimposed on each other while the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are formed (see FIG. 21). By this superposition, as described later, the rigidity of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be improved. Moreover, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y.

  From the second divided body 552 to the second pieces 552Y to 554Y of the fourth divided body 554, L-shaped openings 552m to 554m in top view are formed in the second horizontal portions 552g to 554g, and Along with the formation of the openings 552m to 554m, engagement pieces 552n to 554n extending in the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 552Y to 554Y are formed. The engagement pieces 552n to 554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose front ends are free ends, and protrusions 552n to 551n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided to project from the top surface of the front ends.

  On the other hand, the first horizontal portions 555e and 556e of the fifth segments 552 and the second pieces 555Y of the sixth segment 556 have U-shaped openings 555m and 556m in top view, respectively. Along with the formation of the openings 555m and 556m, engagement pieces 555n and 556n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 555 and 556 are formed. The engagement pieces 555n and 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose front ends are free ends, and protrusions 555n1 and 556n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surfaces of the front ends.

  Further, on the upper surfaces of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e, restricting protrusions 556r and 557r are provided in a protruding manner on the second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, respectively. On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first horizontal portions 554e and 555e, engaging concave portions 554t and 555t are provided in the second segments 554Y and 555Y of the fourth segment 554 and the fifth segment 555, respectively.

  The engagement piece 552n (protrusion 552n1) of the second divided body 552 is formed to be engageable with the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 (see FIG. 24). The relative displacement of the second divided body 552 in one direction can be restricted, and the engagement with the engagement wall 551 j is released by the elastic deformation of the engagement piece 552 n, thereby achieving the relative displacement in one direction. It can be tolerated and the relative displacement in the other direction can be regulated (see FIG. 30).

  The engagement pieces 553n and 554n (protrusions 553n1 and 554n1) of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are formed engageable with the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. And the relative displacement of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 in one direction with respect to the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 can be restricted by such engagement, and the engaging pieces 553 n, 554 n By releasing the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m by the elastic deformation of the second part, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (see FIG. 28). .

  The engagement pieces 555n and 556n (protrusions 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth division 555 and the sixth division 556 are engageable with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth division 554 and the fifth division 555, respectively. With such engagement, relative displacement of the fifth division 555 and the sixth division 556 in one direction with respect to the fourth division 554 and the fifth division 555 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 555 n, By disengaging the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by elastic deformation of 556n, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (FIG. 26). reference).

  That is, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n, etc. are portions functioning as defining means for defining the relative movement of the overlapping divided members 551 to 557, and the side wall member 55 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In some cases, it defines the order in which the rotation of each split body 551-557 is allowed. Thereby, as described later, the order of rotation of each of the divided members 551 to 557 can be fixed, and the form of enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the relationship between the first pieces 551X to 557X in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described.

  FIG. 20 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10 (a), and FIG. 20 (b) is a cross section taken along line XXb-XXb in FIG. 10 (b). FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 20 (a) and 20 (b), one mating surface (a second divided body) is formed on the joint surface of the first segments 551X to 557X of the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557. The projections 552b to 557b are projected on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the seventh divided body 557 (see FIGS. 11 to 16), and the other mating surface (the first divided body 551 to the first divided body 551 to 55). Restriction grooves 551c to 556c for receiving the protrusions 552b to 557b are recessed in the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the six-divided body 556 (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  Therefore, in the state where the sidewall member 55 is pushed by the player and the storage area is reduced (see FIGS. 10A and 20A), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are in contact with one of the inner wall surfaces of the pair (the inner wall surface located on the opposite side to the storage area, the left side of FIG. Can be restricted from being displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIG. 20A).

  Further, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pulled out by the player and the storage area is expanded (see FIGS. 10B and 20B), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are expanded because they are respectively in contact with the other inner wall surface (the inner wall surface located on the storage area side, the right side in FIG. 20B) of the pair of inner wall surfaces It is possible to restrict displacement (rotation) in the direction (left direction in FIG. 20 (b)).

  In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner walls of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are engaged with the vertically overlapping divided members 551 to 557, the side wall members 55 (in the expanded state and the contracted state) The rigidity as the whole structure which each division body 551-557 overlapped is securable. Therefore, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  Further, the protruding portions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are respectively provided in a protruding or recessed manner on the mating surface (upper surface or lower surface) of the divided members 551 to 557 stacked vertically. That is, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are disposed using the mating surface (the internal space of each divided body 551) which becomes a dead space, the side wall member 55 can be miniaturized by that amount. Minutes, the capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the control grooves 551c to 556c are formed in the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the control grooves 551c to 556c. Can function effectively. That is, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are portions operated by the player (pushing operation and pulling out operation) when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operating force is used as the projecting portions 552b to 557b and the restriction groove 551c. The engagement of ~ 556c can be received directly. Therefore, it is possible to suppress separation of the divided bodies 551 to 557 by the operating force and to operate in a state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are integrally maintained, thereby improving the player's feeling of operation Can be

  Here, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are portions that are expanded in a step-like shape that protrudes outward toward the upper side (see FIG. 10B), they are easily bent by the weight of a ball. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed in the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the rigidity of the first pieces 551X to 557X Can be improved intensively. Therefore, in the state expanded to step shape, it can suppress bending by the weight of a ball | bowl.

  In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 557X (FIG. 11 to FIG. 19), securing the engagement area between the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surface of the regulation grooves 551c to 556c, and improving the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) as a whole. Can be

  In particular, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restricting grooves 551c to 556c continuously extended as the convex streak and the concave groove are supported by the first end 551 (see FIG. 9). The direction of the load due to the player's operation or the weight of the ball is made orthogonal to the engagement region of the ridges and grooves (protrusions 552 b to 557 b and restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c). it can. Therefore, the bending of the side wall member 55 (first pieces 551 to 557) due to the load can be suppressed.

  Further, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c have the same shape in top view (in the axial direction of the pivot holes 551a to 557a), The projections 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c (inner wall surface) are formed by being curved in a convex arc shape toward the same direction as the pieces 551X to 557X (that is, the outer side opposite to the storage region). Can be maximized within the range (area) of the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex projections 552b to 557b and the inner wall surface of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be maximized, and as a result, the rigidity of the entire sidewall member 55 (first pieces 551X to 557X) can be improved. As a result, the load on the protrusions 552 b to 557 b and the restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c can be reduced, and the durability can be improved.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the relationship between the second segments 551Y to 557Y in the first division 551 to the seventh division 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXI-XXI of FIG.

  As described above, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y of the divided members 551 to 557 are arc shapes having the same diameter centering on the pivot holes 551a to 557a (see FIG. 9). Since the divisions 551 to 557a are rotated about the pivot holes 551a to 557a, the loci of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 10). . Accordingly, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y always overlap, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structural body in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) can be secured, and bending with the weight of the ball can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in this case, in the side wall member 55, the second portions 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 are the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e and their first horizontal portions 552e. As well as second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extending from the front ends of the erected portions 552f to 555f, and the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided portion The second pieces 556Y, 557Y of the body 557 are provided with first horizontal portions 556e, 557e and erected portions 556f, 557f erected from the first horizontal portions 556e, 557e, and these first horizontal portions 552e to 557e The standing portions 552f to 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are superimposed on each other.

  Therefore, even when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the weight of the spheres acting on the side wall members 55 (each divided body 551 to 557) can be overlapped with the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the standing portions 552f to The interaction between the 557 f and the second horizontal portions 552 g to 555 g can effectively support the movement, and as a result, the deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Specifically, in the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are vertically superimposed, and the standing portions 552f to 557f are in the left-right direction (FIG. Position where the extended end of each of the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g overlaps with the upright portion 556f in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 21) (the position at which the extended end of the upright portion 556f is placed) Extended to the

  Thus, in the state where the side wall member 55 is expanded (see FIG. 10B), when many balls are stored in the storage area, the side wall member 55 bends (falls down) (back side in FIG. 10). ) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the erected portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are displaced upward (that is, displacement in a direction to bend the side wall member 55 downward) Can be mutually regulated by those located above themselves. As a result, the downward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In addition, for loads in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the side wall members 55 are pushed outward, the left direction in FIG. 21) received from the stored balls, the standing portions 552 f to 557 f Such inclinations can be mutually restricted by those positioned outward from themselves, since they are inclined so as to be displaced outward (left side in FIG. 21). In particular, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are connected to the standing portions 552f to 557f, and when the standing portions 552f to 555f fall outward, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are lower than themselves. Where it is intended to push down the one located on the side, such push-down operation can be supported and regulated by the erected portions 552f to 557f. As a result, outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Note that the second piece 551Y extends to a position where the sidewall portion 551h on the storage area side overlaps the first horizontal portion 552e in the top-bottom direction (a position where the lower end surface of the sidewall portion 551h is placed on the first horizontal portion 552e) A position (below the rib 551i) in which the rib 551i vertically superimposed from the part forming the upper surface of the second piece 551Y is superimposed on the standing portion 552f in the left-right direction and is provided. The end surface is extended to a position at which the end surface is placed on the second horizontal portion 552g. Thus, the side wall 551h and the rib 551i of the second piece 551Y interact with the first horizontal parts 552e to 557e, the standing parts 552f to 557f and the second horizontal parts 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. As described above, the downward and outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In particular, as described above, the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 is disposed on the upper surface of the second piece 551Y (see FIGS. 7 and 8), and the sidewall member 55 receives the weight of the stored ball. When trying to fall downward, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (second piece 551Y) to suppress the floating of the second piece 551Y. Therefore, the side wall 551 h and the rib 551 i are provided on the second piece 551 Y, and the first horizontal portion 552 e and the second horizontal portion 552 g of the second piece 552 Y are formed to overlap vertically with each other. It is particularly effective for suppressing the deflection.

  In addition, as described above, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are disposed so as to overlap with each other, so that the second pieces 551Y to 557Y serve as guides even when the side wall member 55 is bent by the weight of a ball. Thus, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly shifted from the enlargement state to the reduction state. Therefore, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction even when the front frame 14 is opened carelessly while the lower plate 50 in which the balls are stored remains in the expanded state. Damage can be suppressed.

  The standing portions 552f to 557f are disposed at intervals having a predetermined gap between adjacent ones on the left and right. Therefore, when the load in the horizontal direction (the direction to push the side wall member 55 outward) is applied to the side wall member 55, the standing portions 552f to 557f fall down, so that the gap between the adjacent ones Are filled and brought into contact with each other, so that the fall-down can be regulated by each other's actions, while the side wall members 55 (each divided member 551) are operated by the player in the direction to expand or reduce the storage area (lower plate 50). When .about.557) is rotated, the sliding resistance can be reduced by the gap between adjacent members, and the operability can be improved.

  Here, as the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are positioned on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 21), the width dimensions (the dimensions in the horizontal direction in FIG. 21) of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e are reduced. The width dimension of 555 g is increased. Thereby, even when the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the erected portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with the adjacent second pieces 552Y to 557Y, the entire second pieces 552Y to 557Y The width dimension (the dimension in the horizontal direction in FIG. 21) can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole while improving the rigidity of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y by overlapping. In addition, it is possible to suppress the extension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y outward, and to secure the space for arranging other members accordingly.

  In particular, since the formation of the second horizontal portion is omitted in the second pieces 556Y and 557Y located outward, the outward and downward deflection of the side wall member 55 is suppressed by the action of the standing portions 556f and 557f. The width dimension as the whole 2nd piece 552Y-557Y can be suppressed, maintaining the effect which aims at.

  Next, referring to FIG. 22 to FIG. 30, the order in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are displaced (rotated) when the side wall member 55 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is enlarged or reduced. Will be explained.

  Fig.22 (a) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a shrinking | reduction state, FIG.22 (b) to FIG.22 (d) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a 1st state to a 3rd state. FIGS. 23A and 23B are top views of the side wall member 55 in the fourth and fifth states, and FIG. 23C is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state.

  24 is a side sectional view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 25 to 29 are side sectional views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the fifth state, and FIG. 30 is an enlarged state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member 55 in.

  In FIGS. 24 to 30, in order to facilitate understanding of the state of restriction or release of the relative displacement of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the divided bodies 551 n to 556 n can be visually recognized. A state in which .about.557 is cut at a plurality of planes is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 24, in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the second divided wall 551 j of the first divided body 551 is used. While the engagement piece 552n (protrusion 552n1) of the body 552 is engaged, the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 The engaging pieces 553 n and 554 n (protrusions 553 n 1 and 554 n 1) of 554 are engaged respectively.

  The engagement pieces 552n and 553n of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 are disposed on the lower surfaces thereof by the engagement pieces 553n and 554n of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554, respectively. The second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is disposed on the lower surface side of the engaging piece 554n of the four-divided body 554, whereby the lower side (that is, the direction in which the protruding portions 552n1, 553n1, 554n1 come out, FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, relative displacement of the second divided body 552, the third divided body 553, and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the first divided body 551, the second divided body 552, and the third divided body 553 ( Each rotation is regulated.

  In addition, the engagement pieces 555n and 556n (protrusions 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are provided on the inner wall surfaces of the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. Each is engaged.

  The engagement pieces 554 n and 555 n of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 are disposed on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the restriction protrusions 556 r and 557 r of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556, respectively. The elastic deformation to the lower side (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 554 n 1 and 555 n 1 come off, the lower side in FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, the relative displacement (rotation around the pivotal support pin 57) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 5564 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 is regulated, respectively.

  As described above, in the reduction state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are integrated. Body is formed.

  In this case, in the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556), as described later, the lock piece 773a of the lock mechanism 77 disposed in the first divided body 551 is the seventh divided body 557. By engaging with the standing portion 557f, the enlargement direction (the downward direction of FIG. 22 (a), FIG. 24 left) of the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557. Relative displacement (rotation) in the direction) is restricted (see FIG. 33 (a)). Further, as described above, relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. (See FIG. 20 (a)).

  Accordingly, the engagement between the lock piece 773a of the first divided body 551 and the erected portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 is released (see FIG. 33 (b)). Displacement (rotation) of the body (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the enlargement direction is possible.

  That is, in a state where the lock mechanism 77 is released, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the enlargement direction (downward in FIG. 22A, left in FIG. 24) by the player's operation. As shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the integral structure (each divided body 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 fixed to the bottom wall member 54 (see FIG. 9). It is displaced in the direction to form a first state.

  In the first state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  As shown in FIG. 22B and FIG. 25, the structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) integral with the seventh divided body 557 is the lower side in FIG. In the state (first state) displaced (rotated) to the left side 25), the restricting projection 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is contracted from the lower surface of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 (right side in FIG. 25) Be evacuated to Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556, and the engagement piece 556n is moved downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 556n1 is disengaged from the engagement recess 555t, lower side in FIG. 25). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 22B, the lower side, 25), the fifth divided body 555 (first horizontal portion 555e) pushes down the projection 556n1 of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 downward with the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t. While being displaced in the enlargement direction, the second wall is formed as shown in FIGS. 22C and 26 by the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 555t going over the projection 556n1.

  In the second state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 556b of the sixth divided body 556 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 555c of the fifth divided body 555. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the second state, the projection 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is in contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 555e of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 26 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 557r of the seventh divided body 557, and the contraction direction of the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the seventh divided body 557 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (c, right side of FIG. 26) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (c) and FIG. 26, the structure (first to fifth divided bodies 551 to 555) integral with the seventh divided body 557 and the sixth divided body 556 is in the enlargement direction (FIG. c) In the state (second state) displaced (rotated) downward (left side in FIG. 26), the restriction projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 It is evacuated in the direction (right side in FIG. 26). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 555n is directed downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 555n1 is disengaged from the engagement recess 554t, the lower side in FIG. 26). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIG. 22C and FIG. 26, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 22C lower side, FIG. 26), the fourth divided body 554 (first horizontal portion 554e) pushes the projection 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 downward with the inner wall surface of the engagement concave portion 554t. Meanwhile, the third state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t passes over the protrusion 555n1.

  In the third state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 555b of the fifth divided body 555 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 554c of the fourth divided body 554. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the third state, the projection 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is in contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 554e of the fourth divided body 554, and the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 27 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556, and the contraction direction of the fifth divided body 555 with respect to the sixth divided body 556 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (d) and the right side of FIG. 27 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22D and FIG. 27, a structure (first to fourth divided bodies 551 to 554) integral with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, and the fifth divided body 555 is used. The second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the fourth divided body 554 in a state (third state) displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 22 (d) and left side in FIG. It is retracted from the lower surface of the joint piece 554 n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 27). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554, and elasticity to the lower side of the engagement piece 554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 554n1 comes out of the opening 553m, the lower side in FIG. 27). It will be in the state which can be deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIG. 22D and FIG. 27, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (the lower side of FIG. 27), the third division 553 (second horizontal portion 553g) pushes down the projection 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth division 554 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 553m. The fourth state is formed as illustrated in FIGS. 23A and 28 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 553m getting over the protrusion 554n1.

  In the fourth state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 554b of the fourth divided body 554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 553c of the third divided body 553. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the fourth state, the projection 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is in contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553 and the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 28 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, and the contraction direction of the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the fifth divided body 555 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (a) upper side, FIG. 28 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 28, a structure integral with the seventh division 557, the sixth division 556, the fifth division 555, and the fourth division 554 (first to third divisions In a state (a fourth state) in which the bodies 551 to 553) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23A, the left side in FIG. 28), the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554 is the fourth state. From the lower surface of the engaging piece 553 n of the three-divided member 553, it is retracted in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 28). Thereby, a space is formed below the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, and the elasticity toward the lower side of the engagement piece 553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 553n1 comes out of the opening 552m, lower side in FIG. 28) It will be in the state which can be deformed.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (the fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (the lower side of FIG. 23A, 28), the second divided body 552 (the second horizontal portion 552g) pushes down the projection 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553 at the inner wall surface of the opening 552m. The fifth state is formed as illustrated in FIGS. 23B and 29 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 552 m going over the protrusion 553 n 1.

  In the fifth state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 553b of the third divided body 553 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 552c of the second divided body 552 Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the fifth state, the projection 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is in contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 29 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554, and the contraction direction of the third divided body 553 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (b) upper side, FIG. 29 right) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29, a structure that is integral with the seventh division 557, the sixth division 556, the fifth division 555, the fourth division 554, and the third division 553 ( In the state (fifth state) in which the first and second divided bodies 551 and 552 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23B and the left side in FIG. 29), the second The horizontal portion 553g is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 29). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 552n is moved downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 552n1 is disengaged from the engagement wall 551j, the lower side in FIG. 29). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (fifth state) shown in FIGS. 23B and 29, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 23B, the lower side, 29), the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction while pushing down the projection 552n1 of the engaging piece 552n of the second divided body 552 with the engaging wall 551j, and engaged When the wall 551 j passes over the protrusion 552 n 1, as shown in FIG. 23C and FIG. 30, an enlarged state is formed.

  In the enlarged state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is, as described above, that the projection 552b of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 551c of the first divided body 551. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)). At the same time, the stopper portion 551S1 of the first divided body 551 abuts on the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction (see FIG. 8).

  Further, in the enlarged state, the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is in contact with the lower surface of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is downward (FIG. 30 lower side To be elastically deformed. Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553 and the contraction direction of the second divided body 552 with respect to the third divided body 553 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (c) upper side, FIG. 30 right) is restricted.

  The structure in which the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 with respect to the second divided body 552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 23C, right side in FIG. 30) is restricted in the enlarged state will be described later See 34).

  On the other hand, from the state (enlarged state) shown in FIG. 23C and FIG. 30, the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 23C, right side in FIG. 30). When the engagement wall 551j is displaced and passes through the projection 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the projection 552n1 by an elastic recovery force. Is returned to the state engaged with the That is, the fifth state shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29 is formed.

  From the state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23B, right side in FIG. 29). And the opening 552m of the second divided body 552 (the second horizontal portion 552g) is disposed above the protrusion 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553, the engagement of the third divided body 553 is performed. The joint piece 553 n is returned to the state in which the projection 553 n 1 is engaged with the opening 552 m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the fourth state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (the fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the player's operation in the reduction direction (the upper side of FIG. 28) and the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t, 555t are disposed above the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 of the engagement pieces 554n to 556n, respectively. The engagement pieces 554 n to 556 n are sequentially restored to the state in which the protrusions 554 n 1 to 556 n 1 are engaged with the opening 553 m and the engagement recesses 554 t and 555 t by elastic recovery force. That is, the third state (see FIGS. 22D and 27), the second state (see FIGS. 22C and 26), and the first state (FIGS. 22B and 25) are sequentially formed. .

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 25, the engagement between the engagement piece 556 n of the sixth divided body 556 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 557 r of the seventh divided body 557 is released, By the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) being displaced in the reduction direction by the operation of the player, the reduced state shown in FIGS. 22 (a) and 24 is formed.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, the lock structure for keeping the lower plate 50 in the contracted state will be described.

  FIG. 31 is an exploded front perspective view of the first divided body 551. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 31, the first divided body 551 closes the open surface corresponding to the outer shell member 551S formed in a U-shaped cross section whose lower surface is opened and the first piece 551X of the outer shell member 551S. Bottom wall member 551U, and a lock mechanism 77 disposed in an internal space formed between the outer shell member 551S and the bottom wall member 551U.

  An opening 551S1 is opened on the upper surface of the outer shell 551S, and a stopper 551S2 is protruded. Further, on the upper surface of the bottom wall member 551U, a pair of pivot support portions 551U1 is disposed. The opening 551S1 is an opening through which the pressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 is inserted to allow the player to perform the pressing operation, and the stopper 551S2 is in contact with the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 to be the first It is a wall part for controlling the displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction of division 551. The shaft support 551U1 is a portion for rotatably supporting the shaft 772 of the lock mechanism 77.

  Here, since the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is a portion located on the foremost side in the enlarged state (refer to FIG. 8), the front frame 14 is carelessly kept with the lower plate 50 enlarged. If it is opened, it is likely to contact the next pachinko machine 10 and be damaged. In this case, in the present embodiment, the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is formed in a box shape in which the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S is closed by the bottom wall member 551U and rigidity is enhanced. It can prevent damage. In addition, when the player operates the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) in the enlargement direction or the reduction direction, the first divided body 551 becomes a portion to be pushed and pulled, and thus such a portion (first division) It is particularly effective that the rigidity of the first piece 551X) of the body 551 is increased.

  On the other hand, since the bottom wall member 551U is not disposed on the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S, and the second piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is in the form of a box whose lower surface is open (see FIG. 17A). The second pieces 552Y to 557Y of the second to seventh divided members 552 to 557 can be received from the lower surface of the box shape and accommodated in the inner space (see FIG. 21). Thus, the side wall member 55 (the lower plate 50) can be miniaturized.

  The lock mechanism 77 includes a base 771 disposed in the first piece 551X, and a pair of shafts 772 projecting from both side surfaces of the base 771 and rotatably supported by the pivot portion 551U1 of the bottom wall member 551U. The lock 773 has a tip extending from the shaft 772 forming side of the base 771 and the tip end is disposed in the second piece 551Y, and a pressing operation portion 774 projecting from the upper surface on the base end 771 side. Prepare.

  The lock mechanism 77 is biased in a rotational direction in which the lock piece 773 is lowered and the push-down operation portion 774 is lifted by the biasing force of a biasing spring (in the present embodiment, a torsion coil spring) not shown. The lock piece 773 can be raised by the player pressing the pressing operation portion 774 projected from the opening 551S1 of the outer shell member 551S. In addition, when the player's pressing operation is released, it is possible to return to the initial state (the state in which the lock piece 773 is lowered) by the biasing force of the biasing spring.

  FIG. 32 is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. 33 (a) and 33 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of the arrow XXXIII in FIG. In FIG. 33A, the state before the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed is illustrated, and in FIG. 33B, the state in which the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 (a), in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized, see FIGS. 22 (a) and 24), and the pressing operation is performed. In the state where the player 774 does not push down the portion 774, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) engages the engagement surface 773a with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. Placed in a position to face the

  That is, the engaging surface 773a of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, whereby the integral structure described above ( The first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIGS. 32 and 33A) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (that is, the first state from the contracted state) Transition to FIG. 22 (b) and FIG. 25) can be regulated.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), in the reduction state, when the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is lifted, By raising, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 is not facing the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. That is, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) passes above the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, and can be displaced in the enlargement direction. Therefore, it becomes possible to displace (rotate) the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIG. 33B). As a result, it is possible to make a transition from the reduction state to the first state (see FIGS. 22 (b) and 25).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are operated unless the depression operation unit 774 is operated by the player. Since the engagement can be maintained, it is possible to suppress the careless expansion of the lower plate 50, for example, during conveyance of the pachinko machine 10 or when the front frame 14 is opened. As a result, damage to the lower plate 50 and surrounding members can be suppressed at the time of transportation or at the time of the opening operation of the front frame 14.

  Further, the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 is that, as described above, the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is expanded relative to the seventh divided body 557 Regulating displacement in the direction. That is, only the first displacement in the expansion direction (transition from the reduction state to the first state) is restricted, and no restriction is imposed on the subsequent displacement (transition from the first state to each state in the expansion state) (Refer FIG. 22-FIG. 30).

  Thereby, it is possible to suppress the side wall member 55 from being carelessly expanded at the time of conveyance, while releasing the restriction on the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 to perform the first displacement. After that, since it is not necessary to depress the depressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 for the subsequent displacement, the operability of the player when adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  Here, from the state shown in FIG. 33 (b), the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is enlarged relative to the seventh divided body 557 (left direction in FIG. 33 (b)) After being displaced (rotated) into the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b The inclined surface 557f1 of the standing portion 557f of the seven-divided body 557 is faced.

  Therefore, when making the transition from the first state to the reduction state, the player displaces the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the reduction direction, whereby the inclined surfaces 773b and 557f1 are mutually exchanged. As a result, the lock piece 773 can be raised to pass above the standing portion 557f. That is, since the operation of the pressing operation unit 773 can be omitted, the operability of the player at the time of forming the reduction state can be improved.

  FIG. 34 (a) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state, in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. FIG. 34 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of the arrow XXXIVb in FIG. 34 (a). In FIG. 34 (b), a state in which the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b), it is in the enlarged state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pulled out and the storage area is maximized, see FIGS. 23 (c) and 30) The lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b in a state where the pushing operation portion 774 is not operated by the player. It is arrange | positioned in the position made to face the side (end surface) of 552g.

  That is, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, thereby the first divided body Changing (rotating) 551 in the reduction direction (the right direction in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 552 (that is, transition from the enlargement state to the fifth state); (B) and FIG. 29) can be regulated.

  Thereby, the side wall member 55 (the lower plate 50) can be prevented from being inadvertently reduced from the enlarged state. In addition, since the lock mechanism 77 (lock piece 773) doubles as a means for prohibiting the expansion from the reduction state and a means for prohibiting the reduction from the expansion state, the number of parts is reduced accordingly, and the product cost is reduced. Can be reduced.

  In this case, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 773 b of the lock piece 773 of the lock mechanism 77 is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552 g of the second divided body 552. The displacement (rotation) is restricted in the reduction direction (the right direction in FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. Therefore, even in the state where the pressing operation unit 773 is not pressed, the first divided body 551 is in the reduction direction (right side in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 552. If it is displaced by a force higher than the reference, the lock piece 773 can be raised against the biasing force of the biasing spring by the action of the inclined surface 773, and the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g can be overcome. .

  That is, if the force is less than the reference, the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g is not released even if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552, The side wall member 55 can be maintained in the expanded state, and it can be suppressed that it is inadvertently contracted (transitioned to the fifth state). On the other hand, when the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552 with a force exceeding the reference, the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion do not need to be depressed. The engagement with the 552 g can be released, and the transition from the enlargement state to the fifth state can be made, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In particular, as described above, the configuration is such that the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g can be released and the transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state can be made without depressing the push operation portion 773. Since the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction even if the front frame 14 is inadvertently released while the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state (expanded state), the breakage thereof It is particularly effective in suppressing

  As described above, according to the lower plate 50 of the present embodiment, the defining means (for example, the engaging portions 552 n to 556 n, and the engaging portions 552 n to 556 n) which define the relative displacement of the divided members 551 to 557 to be overlapped. Engaging wall 551 j, openings 552 m, 553 m, engaging concave portions 554 e, 555 e, locking mechanism 77, etc.) to be engaged, and the side wall members 55 (division bodies 551 to 557) are stored by the player's operation. In the case of displacement (rotation) in the direction of expanding or contracting the area, the defining means can define the order in which the relative movement of the overlapping segments 551 to 557 is permitted. Thereby, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 becomes constant, and enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  In this case, in the present embodiment, when the side wall members 55 (segments 551 to 557) are displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction, the relative movement of the segments 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other is determined on the lower side. Since it is permitted in order from the division body of, it is possible to quickly expand the size of the storage area.

  That is, if the relative movement in the enlargement direction is permitted in order from the lower divided body, the divided bodies superposed on the upper side of the divided bodies allowed relative movement are also integrally displaced in the enlargement direction Since (rotation) can be made, it is possible to speed up the expansion of the size of the storage area as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body.

  For example, in the enlargement from the reduced state (see FIGS. 22A and 24) to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25), the seventh divided body 557 is fixed, and the first divided bodies 551 to 551 are fixed. Since the sixth divided body 556 is simultaneously displaced in the expanding direction as an integral structure, for example, the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 are fixed, and only the first divided body 551 is displaced in the expanding direction. Compared with the above, even if the operation amount of the player in the enlargement direction is the same, the enlargement amount of the size of the storage area for the operation can be increased. As a result, the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the side wall members 55 (segments 551 to 557) are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction, the relative movement of the segments 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other is on the upper side. Since the divisions are permitted in order, displacement (rotation) of the divisions 551 to 557 can be smoothly performed according to the state of the spheres stored in the storage member.

  For example, in the configuration in which relative movement in the reduction direction is permitted in order from the lower divided body, if the sphere is stored to a predetermined height position in the storage area, it is below the predetermined height position. It is necessary to displace (rotate) the segment located in the shrinking direction while flowing (preventing) the stored sphere, and the operation of the segment is inhibited.

  Specifically, for example, when the ball is stored to the height position of the fourth divided body 554 in the enlarged state (see FIG. 23C and FIG. 30), the side wall member 55 (the divided bodies 551 to 557) When the sixth division 556 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the seventh division 557 in order to displace (rotate) in the reduction direction (when transitioning from the enlargement state to the fifth state, as shown in FIG. In b) and FIG. 29), it is necessary to displace the fourth divided body 554 to the sixth divided body 556 while flowing (pushing away) the sphere, and the flow resistance inhibits the operation.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is permitted in order from the upper divided body, each divided body is smoothly displaced without being blocked by the ball until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage area. To reduce the size of the reservoir area. In the above example, when the first divided body 551 to the third divided body 553 are displaced in the reduction direction (that is, until the transition from the enlarged state to the fourth state, FIGS. 23A to 23C and FIGS. 28 to 27) can be smoothly displaced in the reduction direction without being hampered by the sphere.

  In addition, when the split body is displaced to a position that interferes with the sphere, after that (that is, from the fourth state, see FIGS. 23A and 27), the sphere is inhibited by the displacement of the split body. Can interfere with the player (that is, the storage area is reduced to the required size) by making the player aware of the increase in the operating force. Therefore, the player can interrupt the operation without visually recognizing the state of the lower plate 50. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be smoothly performed according to the state of the ball stored in the storage area, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 protruding from the upper surface of the tip, and the divided bodies overlapped on the upper side (the first divided bodies 551 to By engaging the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 with the five-divided body 555), it is possible for the divided body (third divided body 553 to the seventh divided body 557) to be overlapped on the lower side. Since the elastic pieces are engaged to be engaged, it is possible to combine the function of restricting the relative displacement in the expansion direction with the function of restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction to each of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n. That is, it is not necessary to separately provide an engagement piece for regulating relative displacement in the expansion direction and an engagement piece for regulating relative displacement in the reduction direction. As a result, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Further, since the opening area of the opening for forming the engagement piece can be reduced, the rigidity of each of the divided bodies 552 to 556 can be improved accordingly.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed in the second pieces 552Y to 556Y which are curved in an arc shape centering on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (shaft support pin 57). Therefore, the space for arranging the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be secured along the circumferential direction of the second pieces 552Y to 556Y. Therefore, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n can be increased in size, and the rigidity thereof can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and to improve the durability.

  Next, the lower tray 2050 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. First, the entire configuration of the lower tray 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38. FIG.

  FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state in the second embodiment, and FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in the enlarged state. FIG. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower tray 2050, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the inner wall member 2056. Note that FIG. 37 illustrates the disassembled state of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state. The same parts as those of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 35 to 38, the lower plate 2050 includes a bottom wall member 2054 forming the bottom of the storage area, and a side wall member 2055 and an inner wall member erected from the bottom wall member 2054 to form the side of the storage area. 2056, and a support pin 2057 and a support plate 2058 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 2055 on the bottom wall member 2054.

  The bottom wall member 2054 has a ball removing hole 2054a which is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and a ball removing lever 2054b operated by a player when the ball removing hole 2054a is opened. Equipped with The ball removal hole 2054a is disposed on the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 2050 (opposite to the discharge outlet 23, see FIG. 6) in top view of the bottom wall member 2054, and the top surface of the bottom wall member 2054 is It is formed in the form inclined downward from the four sides toward the ball removal hole 2054a.

  Here, in the configuration in which the ball release lever 2054a is disposed in front of the lower plate 2050, when the lower plate 2050 is in the enlarged state, it is hidden by the divided members 2551 to 2554 projected to the front side, The player can not visually recognize the pullout lever 2054a, and the split members 2551 to 2554 projected to the front inhibit the hand to reach the ball pullout lever 2054a. Therefore, the operability is deteriorated.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball removing lever 2054 a is disposed on the side surface of the lower plate 2050 on the right side in a front view. Thus, even when the lower plate 2050 is in the enlarged state, the ball extraction lever 2054a can be prevented from being hidden by the divided members 2551 to 2554 extended to the front side. Therefore, the player can always visually recognize the lower tray 2050 without enlarging the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the operability can be improved.

  Further, the ball removing lever 2054a is biased to the front side (player side) by a biasing spring (not shown), and is pushed to the opposite side (inner frame 12 side) with the biasing direction, thereby removing the ball removing hole 2054a. Let open. In this case, the ball pulling lever 2054a is disposed on the left in the front view of the operation handle 51 (see FIG. 47) and at substantially the same height position. Thus, the player can easily push in the ball extraction lever 2054a by using the finger (for example, the right thumb) unnecessary for the operation of the operation handle 51 while operating the operation handle 51 with the right hand. Can. As a result, the operability of the ball pulling lever 2054a can be improved.

  The side wall member 2055 includes a plurality of (four in the present embodiment) divided bodies (the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, see FIGS. 39 to 42) in the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 2057) It is formed by overlapping along the Each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 forms a step shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side is rotated when the pivoting pin 2057 is rotated as a rotation center, and the storage region of the lower plate 2050 is formed. To expand. Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the ball-opening holes 2054 a in the bottom wall member 2054 can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 2055 is expanded in a step-like shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 36). Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the storage area can be expanded without narrowing the distance between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening, and as a result, The player's hand can be easily inserted into the lower plate 2050. In other words, the size of the upper plate 17 can be increased accordingly.

  The inner wall member 2056 includes an upper wall portion 2056 a fixed to the bottom wall member 2054 and a wall measuring portion 2056 b depending from the edge of the upper wall portion 2056 a. The upper wall portion 2056a and the side wall portion 2056b are respectively disposed on the upper surface side and the inner side (storage region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L-shaped upper surface view of the side wall member 2055. Thus, the bottom wall member 2054 and the inner wall member 2056 surround the short side portion of the side wall member 2055 in a substantially L shape in a top view.

  The inner wall member 2056 forms a part of the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 2050 by the side wall portion 2056 b as in the first embodiment. That is, the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 2050, in the contracted state, the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 2551X to 2554X) of the substantially L shape in top view of the side wall member 2055, and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) of a substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 2055 is added to the side wall 2055b).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 (side wall 2056a) forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. The side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) is accommodated in the inner wall member 2056, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 36, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is protruded from inside the inner wall member 2056 A portion of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551 Y to 557 Y) and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056 a). Thus, as in the first embodiment, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is shortened, and the space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion is reduced accordingly. It can be suppressed.

  A restricting portion 2056c is provided on the lower surface on one end side (the enlargement direction side) of the upper surface wall 2056a of the inner wall member 2056, and the restricting portion 2056c is a short side portion of the side wall member 2055 having a substantially L shape in top view It overlaps with the upper surface of two pieces 2551Y). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 that has received the weight of the ball tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 2056c can press the upper surface of the side wall member 2055 (short side portion) to suppress the floating thereof. It is possible to suppress the falling down.

  Further, since the restricting portion 2056c can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the side wall member 2055, the restricting portion 2056c restricts the rotation of the side wall member 2055 in the enlargement direction and can hold the side wall member 2055 in the extended position (see FIG. . That is, the restricting portion 2056c supports not only the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (the second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 to suppress the bending but also the expanding direction of the divided members 2551 to 2554. Since it also serves as a stopper for restricting the rotation of the motor, it is possible to reduce the number of parts and to reduce the product cost.

  The rotation shaft (shaft support pin 2057) of the lower tray 2050 is disposed parallel to the shaft (not shown) that pivotally supports the front frame 14 so as to be able to open and close, and is disposed on the same side (left side in front view) in the width direction. Therefore, even if the lower frame 20 is opened while the lower plate 2050 is expanded and the lower plate 2050 contacts the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated in the reduction direction. Damage to the lower plate 2050 can be suppressed.

  Here, in the bottom wall member 2054, the protrusion 2555 b is on the upper surface of the area where the first piece 2554 X of the fourth divided body 2554 is overlapped in the contracted state, and the pair of upper surface of the area where the second piece 2554 Y is overlapped. The rail portion 2555w and the restriction projection 2555r are respectively provided in a protruding manner.

  The protrusion 2555 b is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross section, and is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2554 c of the fourth divided body 2554. When the fourth divided body 2552 is rotated about the pivotal support pin 2057, the protrusion 2555b abuts against the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c, whereby the fourth divided body 2554 can move relative to the bottom wall member 2054. The (rotation) range can be defined.

  In the state where the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity of the entire side wall member 2055 is improved by fitting the rail portion 2555w between the facing of the pair of side walls of the second piece 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 (See FIG. 43). When the engagement piece 2554 n of the fourth divided body 2554 is elastically deformed, the restriction projection 2555 r abuts on the tip of the engagement piece 2554 n, thereby displacing the fourth divided body 2554 in the reduction direction (rotation ) (See FIG. 45).

  In the bottom wall member 2054, restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 are formed on the side of the rail portion 2555w (opposite to the storage area), and the inner wall member 2056 is a latch wall from the lower surface of the upper wall portion 2056a An engaging portion 2555p is formed. The restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 overhang the side surfaces of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 when the side wall member 2055 is expanded. It is in contact with the upper surface of the walls 2522z to 2554z, and restricts upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the falling of the side wall member 2054 downward (see FIG. 43).

  The latch engagement portion 2555p is formed as a concave portion engaged with the latch portion 2551p which protrudes from the side of the first divided body 2551. When the side wall member 2055 is contracted, the latch portion 2551p of the first divided body 2551 is engaged with the latch engaging portion 2555p, whereby the relative movement of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the inner wall member 2056 is restricted. . That is, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (the first divided body 2551) in the enlargement direction can be restricted.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower tray 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 46. 39 and 40 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 2055, and FIGS. 41 and 42 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 2055.

  The first divided body 2551 is shown in FIGS. 39 (a) and 41 (a), and the second divided body 2552 is shown in FIGS. 39 (b) and 41 (b). The third divided body 2553 is illustrated in (a), and the fourth divided body 2554 is illustrated in FIGS. 40 (b) and 42 (b).

  Here, in the present embodiment, the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed in the same shape (that is, as common parts). Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced. However, for convenience of explanation, different names and reference numerals will be given to each configuration of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554.

  As shown in FIG. 39 to FIG. 42, the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are provided with a long side portion having a substantially L-shaped top view in a manner that a shaft support hole 2551a to 2554a is drilled on one end side. It is formed of one piece 2551X to 2554X, and second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y continuously connected to the other end side of the first piece 2551X to 2554X and forming a short side portion in a substantially L shape in top view.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2557X have a substantially U shape in which the side to be the storage area is concave (that is, convex outward), and the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y are centered on the bearing holes 2551a to 2554a and substantially A top view shape (shape in the axial direction of the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a) is formed in an arc shape having the same diameter.

  The first piece 2551X to 2554X is formed in a substantially U-shape bent outward to not only ensure the size of the storage area, but also to form a linear portion, so that the side wall is formed. When enlarging or reducing the member 2055 (first piece 2551X) by the operation of the player, the linear portion can be easily grasped by hand, and the side wall member 2055 (first piece 2551X) can be pushed or pulled out the most The operability of the device can be improved.

  A protrusion which extends along the longitudinal direction of the first piece 2552X to 2554X and is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross-sectional shape on the upper surface of the first piece 2552X to 2554X of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 2552b to 2554b are provided (see FIGS. 39 and 40). On the other hand, on the lower surface of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, they are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and are recessed as concave grooves having a concave cross section. Regulating grooves 2551c to 2554c are provided (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

  When the divisions 2551 to 2554 are vertically stacked, the projections 2552 b to 2554 b of the second division 2552 to the fourth division 2255 are in the restriction grooves 2551 c to 2553 c of the first division 2551 to the third division 2553. The protrusion 2555b (see FIG. 37) of the bottom wall member 2054 is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2551c of the fourth divided member 2553. Thus, when the divided members 2551 to 2554 are rotated about the pivot pin 2057, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b are abutted against the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, whereby the divided members 2551 are separated. A movable (rotational) range of 2554 is defined.

  The pair of opposed inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551 c to 2554 c are formed in the same shape as the protrusions 2552 b to 2555 b in the lower surface view, and one of the inner wall surfaces is the first on the storage region side The other inner wall surface is disposed on the opposite side (outward side) to the storage area as it goes from the axial support holes 2551a to 2554a to the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y along with the edges of the pieces 2552X to 2554X. To be placed in That is, the groove widths of the restricting grooves 2551 c to 2554 c are gradually expanded as going from the shaft support holes 2551 a to 2554 a to the second pieces 2551 Y to 2554 Y.

  In the second piece 2551Y of the first divided body 2551, an opening 2551m having a rectangular shape in a front view is formed on the lower surface, and a latch portion 2551p is disposed on the side so as to be able to protrude and retract. The latch portion 2551p is biased in the projecting direction by a biasing spring, and is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056 in the contracted state of the side wall member 2055. When the side wall member 2055 (the first divided body 2551) in the contracted state is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the operation of the player, the latch portion 2551p is sunk into the first divided body 2551, and the latch engaging portion 2555p The engagement with is released.

  An opening 2552m to 2554m having a rectangular shape in a front view is formed in the second segments 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and a position corresponding to the opening 2552m to 2554m (upper surface In the overlapping position in the view), engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are formed in a manner raised from the upper surface.

  The engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n are formed as cantilever cantilevered pieces whose free ends are at the free end, and are raised from the openings 2552m to 2554m toward the upper surface, and the upper surface of the free ends has a semicircular cross section. The projections 2552 n 1 to 2 554 n 1 of the Also, rib-shaped ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 are suspended from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n.

  A pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w are erected from the upper surface on the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are horizontally formed projecting from the side surface Be done.

  The distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w is set to a size equal to or slightly smaller than the distance between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2553Y of the first divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553 Be done. Therefore, when the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity as the entire sidewall member 2055 is improved by fitting the rail portions 2552w to 2554w between the facing of the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. (See FIG. 43).

  The overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z respectively face the lower surfaces of the regulating walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the regulating wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is expanded, thereby causing the overhanging. The upward movement of the walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted (see FIG. 43).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (protrusions 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed engageable with the openings 2551m to 2553m of the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 And the relative displacement in one direction of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 from the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 can be restricted by such engagement, and the engaging pieces 553 n, 554 n By releasing the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m by the elastic deformation of the two, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (FIGS. 45 and FIG. 45). 46).

  That is, the engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n, etc., are portions functioning as defining means for defining the relative movement of the superposed divided members 2551 to 2554, and the side wall member 2055 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In some cases, it defines the order in which the rotation of each segment 2551-2554 is allowed. Thereby, as described later, the order of rotation of each of the divided members 2551 to 2554 can be fixed, and the form of enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIG. 44).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43, the relationship between the first segments 2551 to the second segments 2551Y to 2554Y in the fourth segment 2554 of the side wall member 2055 will be described. FIG. 43 is a rear perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in an enlarged state, in which the inner wall member 2056 is removed.

  As described above, in the side wall member 2055, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the divided members 2551 to 2554 have an arc shape with the same diameter centering on the pivot holes 2551a to 2554a (see FIG. 37). Therefore, when the divided members 2551 to 2554Y are rotated about the pivot holes 2551a to 2554a, the loci of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 44). . Accordingly, since the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y always overlap, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 (the structure in which the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped) can be secured, and bending with the weight of a ball can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 43, in this case, the side wall member 2055 is the second between the opposing surfaces of the pair of side walls in the second piece 2551Y to 2554Y of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 from the lower surface side. The rail portions 2552 w to 2554 w and the rail portions 2555 w of the bottom wall member 2054 in the second pieces 2552 Y to 2554 Y of the divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are fitted and overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y fall outward due to the load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the side wall members 2055 are pushed outward) received from the stored balls. By fitting the rail portions 2552 w to 2555 w into the space between the pair of side walls facing each other, it is possible to regulate each other. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the lowermost rail portion 2555w is erected from the bottom wall member 2054, the falling of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is performed using the rigidity of the side wall member 2055. , Can be firmly supported.

  In the side wall member 2055, overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are formed so as to project from the side of the second segments 2551 to 2554Y of the second segment 2552 to the fourth segment 2554, and in the enlarged state, the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z The upper surface of the lower wall member 2054 is abuttably opposed to the restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056.

  Here, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage area in the expanded state, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are extended in a step shape bends in a direction to cause the first pieces 2551X to 2554X side to fall downward. Since there is a possibility that the upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z can be restricted by the restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 according to the present embodiment, the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y in each divided body 2552 to 2554 are upwards. It can suppress rising. As a result, the falling of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In this case, the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056 is in contact with the upper surface of the second piece 2551 of the first divided body 2551 (see FIGS. 36 and 38). The upward floating of the two pieces 2551Y can be suppressed. Therefore, this also makes it possible to suppress the falling of the side wall member 55 downward.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 44 to 46, the order in which the divisions 2551 to 2554 are displaced (rotated) when the side wall member 2055 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower tray 2050 is expanded or contracted. Will be explained.

  44 (a) is a top view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIG. 44 (b) to FIG. 44 (d) are top views of the lower tray 2050 from the first state to the third state, 44 (e) is a top view of the lower tray 2050 in an enlarged state.

  45 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 45 (b) and 45 (c) are side sectional views of the lower tray 2050 in the first state and the second state. It is. FIG. 46 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the third state, and FIG. 46 (b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the enlarged state.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a), the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 are in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized). The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (protrusions 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are engaged with the inner wall surfaces of the openings 2551m to 2553m, respectively.

  The engagement pieces 2552n and 2553n of the second divided body 2552 and the third divided body 2553 are arranged with the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n of the third divided body 2553 and the fourth divided body 2554 on the lower surface side. The engagement pieces 2554 n of the four-divided body 2554 are disposed at the lower side (that is, in the direction in which the projections 2552 n 1 2553 n 1 2554 n 1 come out, as shown in FIG. a) Downward elastic deformation is restricted.

  In addition, the elastic deformation to the downward direction is regulated by the ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 hanging down from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n being in contact with the upper surfaces of the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n or the regulation protrusion 2555r. Be done.

  Thereby, relative displacement of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 (centering on the pivot pin 2057 Each rotation is regulated. That is, in the reduction state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are integrated is formed. Be done.

  In this case, the integral structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) has the inner wall of the latch portion 2551p (see FIG. 39A) disposed in the first divided body 2551 as described above. By being engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the member 2056, the enlargement direction (FIG. 44 (a) of the integral structure (first to fourth divided members 2551 to 2554) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 (FIG. ) The relative displacement (rotation) in the downward direction and in the left direction of FIG. 45 (a) is restricted. Further, relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2555 b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2556 c of the fourth divided member 2554.

  Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (the integrated structure of the first to fourth divided members 2551 to 2554) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the operation of the player, and the first divided member 2551 is moved by the operation force. Engagement of the latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 with the latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 is released, and the displacement (the first to Rotation) is possible. Thereby, the first state shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b) is formed.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided member 2554. (Refer FIG.37 and FIG.42 (b)).

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), in the first state, the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (FIG. (B) Evacuate to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the lower side of the engagement piece 2554n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2554n1 comes out of the opening 2553m, lower side in FIG. 45B). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged in the downward direction (FIG. 44 (b)) by the player's operation. Side (left side of FIG. 45B), the third divided body 2553 pushes the protrusion 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 downward with the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m, The second state is formed as illustrated in FIG. 44C and FIG. 45C by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m getting over the protrusion 2554n1.

  In the second state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by the engagement of the protrusion 2554b of the fourth divided body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2553c of the third divided body 2553. (See FIG. 40 (b) and FIG. 42 (a)).

  In the second state, the projection 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2553Y of the third divided body 2553 and the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is It is in a state of being elastically deformed downward (FIG. 45 (c) lower side). Thus, the end (the end face of the rib 2554 n 2) of the engagement piece 2554 n of the fourth divided body 2554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555 r of the bottom wall member 2054, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 The relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (c), right side in FIG. 45) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c), in the second state, the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (see FIG. 45 (c) to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 and below the engagement piece 2553n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2553n1 is disengaged from the opening 2552m, the lower side in FIG. 45C). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the player's operation in the downward direction (FIG. 44C). When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the side and the left side in FIG. 45C, the second divided body 2552 pushes down the projection 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 at the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m. The third state is formed as illustrated in FIG. 44 (d) and FIG. 46 (a) by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m passing over the protrusion 2553n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is restricted by the projection 2553b of the third divided body 2553 being engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2552c of the second divided body 2552. (See FIGS. 40 (a) and 41 (b)).

  In the third state, the projection 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the second divided body 2552, and the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is It is in a state of being elastically deformed downward (FIG. 46 (a) lower side). Thereby, the end (the end face of the rib 2553r) of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is engaged with the rear end face of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the third divided body for the fourth divided body 2554 The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2553 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (d), right side in FIG. 46 (a)) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), in the third state, the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 (see FIG. 46 (a) to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 2552n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2552n1 comes out of the opening 2551m, the lower side of FIG. 46A). ) Can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the player's operation in the downward direction (FIG. 44D). When the first divided body 2551 is displaced to the side (FIG. 46 (a) left side), the projection 2552n1 of the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2551 is pushed downward at the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m. By being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2551 m getting over the projection 1551 n 1, an enlargement state is formed as shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 28 at 46 (b).

  In the enlarged state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expanding direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2552b of the second divided body 2552 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2551c of the first divided body 2551. (See FIG. 39 (b) and FIG. 41 (a)). At the same time, the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 abuts on the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction.

  In the enlarged state, the projection 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is downward. It is in a state of being elastically deformed to the lower side (FIG. 46 (b)). Thereby, the end (the end face of the rib 2552n2) of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is engaged with the rear end face of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and the second divided with respect to the third divided body 2553 The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44E, right side in FIG. 46B) is restricted.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 relative to the second divided body 2552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44E, right side in FIG. . That is, since the player can displace (rotate) the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction without performing, for example, the release operation of the lock mechanism, the operability at the time of reduction is improved.

  From the state (enlarged state) shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 46, the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is contracted by the operation of the player (FIG. 44 (e) upper side, FIG. 46 (b) right side) When the opening 2551m passes through the projection 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 makes the projection 2552n1 open by the elastic recovery force. It is returned to the engaged state. That is, the third state shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a) is formed.

  From the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 2551) is contracted by the player's operation in the reduction direction (FIG. 44 (d), upper side) When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the right (46 (a)) and the opening 2552m of the second divided body 2552 is disposed above the projection 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, the third divided body 2553 is engaged. The piece 2553 n is restored to the state in which the protrusion 2553 n 1 is engaged with the opening 255 2 m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the second state shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c) is formed.

  Similarly, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the operation of the player (FIG. 44C). When the opening 2553m of the third divided body 2553 is disposed above the projection 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced. The engagement piece 2554 n is sequentially restored to a state in which the protrusion 2554 n 1 is engaged with the opening 2553 m by an elastic recovery force. That is, the first state shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b) is formed.

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 45 (b), the engagement between the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided member 2554 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is released. Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the reduction direction by the operation of the player, whereby the reduced state shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a) is formed.

  As described above, also in the present embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is made constant, and enlargement or reduction of the storage area is made unique. (See FIGS. 44-46).

  In this case, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (segments 2551 to 2554) in the expansion direction is permitted from the lower segment in the same manner as in the first embodiment, so the size of the storage area Can be done quickly. On the other hand, since displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is permitted in order from the upper divided body, displacement (rotation) of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is smoothly made in accordance with the state of the ball stored in the storage member. It can be carried out.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50, an inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 47 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 in the third embodiment. 48 (a) is a top view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050, and FIG. 48 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb in FIG. It is. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, in the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment, the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are formed in the front thereof. The first bypass route 3300 and the second bypass route 3400 are ball passages for diverting the balls dispensed from the dispensing outlet 23 and sending the balls to an area away from the dispensing outlet 23 of the lower tray 2050, It is formed on the front surface of the inner frame 3012 as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view.

  The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are respectively extended from the discharge port 23 toward the left side in front view and the right side in front view, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 48B) of the concave groove The moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 are used. The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are portions for rolling balls, and one end thereof is at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 48 (b)) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in front view. And inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  Since one end of the rolling surface 3310, 3410 of each of the detours 3300, 3400 is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23, a ball is formed by the ball stored in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23 and After the height of the mountain surpasses at least the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23, the balls can flow into the respective detours 3300 and 3400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50). That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the balls can be diverted to the area away from the mountain by the respective detours 3300 and 3400, so that the whole storage area of the lower tray 2050 is The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly.

  The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end. As a result, when the balls detoured by the respective detours 3300 and 3400 are made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 50), the balls flowing down from the other end side can exert more force on the flow down. , To a farther area in the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire lower plate 2050.

  The lower surface 23a of the discharge port 23 is formed in a shape (that is, an end spread shape in which the width increases along the descending inclination direction) in which the width dimension (dimension in the horizontal direction in FIG. 48B) increases toward the lower plate 2050. Ru. As a result, it is possible to easily send balls from the lower surface 23 a of the payout opening 23 to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400.

  The lower surface 23 a of the discharge outlet 23 is inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 to the lower plate 2050, and both side portions (that is, the sides connected to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410) are to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410. It is inclined downwards. Therefore, the balls flowed down from the upper plate 17 to the lower surface 23 a of the discharge outlet 23 roll on the lower surface 23 a and are sent (flowing down) to the lower plate 2050. The balls whose throwing from the lower surface 23a to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the piles of balls stacked on the lower plate 2050 are sent to one end of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 by the downward inclination of the both sides of the lower surface 23a. It rolls on moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 toward the other end.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the detouring of the ball by the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 will be described. 49 (a) and 50 (a) are top views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 49 (b) and 50 (b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050. is there. 49 (b) and 50 (b) correspond to FIG. 48 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 49, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050 tend to be biased and stored near the discharge port 23, and a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. Therefore, it is difficult to disperse the balls uniformly all over the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and in the conventional product, it is necessary for the player to level and flatten the mountain by hand. In addition, even if the storage area of the lower tray 2050 is configured to be expandable as in the present embodiment, it is difficult to effectively utilize the entire expanded storage area.

  As shown in FIG. 50, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of balls from the outlet 23 to the storage area is blocked by the pile of spheres stacked in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the inflow to the storage area by the mountain The ball is allowed to flow into the respective detours 3300 and 3400 by rolling the ball whose inhibition is inhibited and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other, thereby detouring the balls. Can.

  This allows the spheres to be sent to the area away from the discharge port 23, ie, the area away from the mountain, and it is easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area. As a result, for example, the player does not have to work to level and flatten the piles stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game. In addition, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided in opposite directions on the left and right sides of the discharge outlet 23, respectively, for mountains formed by balls stacked in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23, The ball can be diverted to both left and right sides. That is, it is possible not only to send the ball by the second detour 3400 to the area (right side in FIG. 50 (b)) of the side beyond the ball removal hole 2054a (the side further from the ball removal hole 2054a) 50 (the left side of FIG. 50 (b)) because it is the opposite side of the area (the side opposite to the direction from the discharge port 23 to the ball removal hole 2054a and the rising slope side of the bottom wall member 2054). A ball can be sent by the 1 detour 3300. As a result, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

  Here, the width dimension of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is preferably made larger than the diameter of the sphere, and in the present embodiment, the width dimension is set to twice the diameter of the sphere. Thus, of the balls stacked in the lower plate 2050 to form a mountain, the balls located beyond the height position of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 and located on the outermost side of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 However, even in the case where each of the bypass paths 3300 and 3400 has entered the space (that is, a portion of the outermost sphere overlaps the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in top view), the rolling surface 3310, 3410 can secure a space where the ball rolls, and the detour of the ball can be continued.

  Note that the state illustrated in FIG. 50 corresponds to the initial stage in which the detours of the balls by the detours 3300 and 3400 are started, and the balls stored in the lower plate 2050 are It is further increased. The same applies to each of the following embodiments, so the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54, an inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment will be described.

  51 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 51 (b) is the inner frame 4012 and the lower tray 2050 along the line LIb-LIb of FIG. 51 (a). FIG. FIG. 51 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 51, in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment has a position lower than the respective detours 3300 and 3400 in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400. A third bypass path 4500 and a fourth bypass path 4600 are further formed, respectively.

  The third bypass route 4500 and the fourth bypass route 4600 are disposed at a position one step lower than the payout opening 23 and the first bypass route 3300 and the second bypass route 3400 (downward in FIG. 51A). The groove is formed as a substantially rectangular concave groove, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 51A) of the concave groove is used as the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610. The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 allow one end of each other to communicate with each other in a front view, place the communicated portion below the discharge outlet 23, and descend from the communicated portion (one end) to the other end It is formed to be inclined.

  The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 4012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the descending inclination is increased toward the other end. Thus, as in the case of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, when the balls detoured by the respective detours 4500 and 4600 flow down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 53), the other end As the ball flowing down from the side can give impetus to the flow, it is possible to throw the ball to a more distant area in the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54, the detouring of the sphere by the first detour 3300 to the fourth detour 4600 will be described. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) are , The inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) correspond to FIG. 51 (a), and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) correspond to FIG. It corresponds to 51 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 52, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 flow down to the third bypass passage 4500 and the fourth bypass passage 4600 (rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610), and then the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 thereof. From the to the lower plate 2050, and piles are formed by the gradually stacked balls. As shown in FIG. 53, when the inflow of balls from the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600 to the storage area is blocked by piles of balls stacked in the vicinity of the discharge port 23, The balls whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain are made to flow into the third bypass route 4500 and the fourth bypass route 4600, and the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the respective bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are directed from one end to the other The ball can be diverted by rolling.

  Thereafter, when the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are filled with piles of stacked balls, as shown in FIG. 54, the inflow to the storage area (third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600) by the mountain. The balls from which are blocked are made to flow into the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other, You can bypass the ball.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, since the plurality of detours (the first to fourth detours 3300 to 4600) are formed at different height positions, a mountain is formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Then, first, the ball can be made to flow into the detour (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600) whose height position is low (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600), and the detour (the third detour 4500 and the When the 4 bypass 4600) is buried in the ball, the ball can be made to flow into the bypass with a high height and be diverted. That is, the balls can be detoured stepwise in different detours according to the growth degree of the mountains (the stacking degree of the spheres) formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23, and the whole storage area of the lower tray 2050 is uniformly distributed. It can be made easy to disperse the spheres.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other ends of the third rolling surface 4510 and the fourth rolling surface 4610 are closer to the discharge outlet 23 than the other ends of the first rolling surface 3310 and the second rolling surface 3410. As the pile formed near the discharge outlet 23 is grown, the ball can be gradually diverted to a region farther from the discharge outlet 23 (ie, around the mountain). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 5012 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56.

  55 (a) and 56 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 5012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 55 (b) and 56 (b) are views of FIG. 55 (a). It is sectional drawing of the inner frame 5012 in the LVb-LVb line | wire, and the lower tray 2050. FIG. FIG. 55 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 55, the inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment is erected from the edge on the lower tray 2050 (storage area) side of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400. 3411 is set up. The standing walls 3311 and 3411 are within a predetermined range from one end of the rolling surface 3310 or 3410 on the discharge outlet 23 side (in this embodiment, a range that is approximately half the rolling direction length of the rolling surface 3310 or 3410) It is erected over the other side and not arranged on the other end side.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 56, when a ball is discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050 and a pile is formed by gradually stacked balls, the rolling surface of the balls forming such a pile Spheres located beyond the height positions of 3310 and 3410 and located on the outermost side of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 enter the space of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 (ie, the outermost spheres It can avoid that a part overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in top view. Thereby, it can suppress that rolling of the ball on rolling surface 3310, 3410 is inhibited by the ball which entered into each detour 3300, 3400. As a result, the respective detours 3300 and 3400 can be effectively functioned, and the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Further, even in the case where the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are provided, more balls can be stacked in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 to increase the height of the mountain. Therefore, more balls can be stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 accordingly.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 57 to FIG. 60, an inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 57 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 57 (b) is the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 along line LVIIb-LVIIb in FIG. 57 (a). FIG. FIG. 57 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 57, the first detour 3300 and the fifth detour 6700 are formed in the front of the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment. The fifth detour 6700 is a passage of balls for detouring the balls paid out from the discharge outlet 23 and sending the balls stepwise to two places away from the discharge outlet 23 of the lower tray 2050, and an inner frame 6012 It is formed as a concave groove of a substantially rectangular shape in a front view horizontally long.

  The fifth bypass passage 6700 is extended from the discharge port 23 to the right in a front view, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 57A) of the recessed groove is a rolling surface 6710. The rolling surface 6710 is a portion for rolling a ball, and one end thereof is disposed at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 57A) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in front view It is formed to be inclined downward from one end to the other end (right side in FIG. 57A).

  In the rolling surface 6710 in the present embodiment, a plurality of downstream portions 6711 and 6712 are provided (two in the present embodiment) with a predetermined interval in the extending direction of the fifth detour 6700 (left and right direction in FIG. 57A). And the rolling surface 6710 is divided into the upstream rolling surface 6710a and the downstream rolling surface 6710b.

  The flowing portions 6711 and 6712 are portions for causing balls rolling on the rolling surface 6710 to flow down to the lower plate 2050, and the height position in front view of the rolling surface 6710 (FIG. 57 (a) vertical position) Is lowered and inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 to the lower plate 2050).

  In this case, the height direction between the upper surface on the inner frame 6012 side (the rear side in the drawing of FIG. 57A) of the flowing portion 6711 and the upper surface of the downstream end (right side in FIG. 57A) of the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The amount of separation (in the vertical direction in FIG. 57A) is set to a size larger than the diameter of the ball (approximately twice the diameter of the ball in this embodiment), and the lower tray 2050 side of the flow The amount of separation in the height direction (vertical direction in FIG. 57A) between the upper surface of the paper sheet 57 (a) and the upper surface of the upstream end (left side in FIG. 57A) of the downstream rolling surface 6710b is , Or the size equal to or smaller than the diameter of the sphere (in the present embodiment, the same size).

  That is, when a plurality of balls stay in the downstream portion 6711, an imaginary plane formed by connecting the tops of the balls is located at a height position lower than the downstream end of the upstream rolling surface 6710a, And, it is located at the height position equal to the upstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710 b or the height position (upper position in the present embodiment) equal to that of the upstream end (see FIG. 60C).

  Therefore, as described later, in the state where a plurality of spheres stay in the downstream portion 6711 (see FIG. 60 (c)), the force of the sphere dropped from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the downstream portion Of the plurality of balls staying in the lower portion 6711 can be passed to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710 b. As a result, the downstream rolling surface 6710 b rolls, and the ball that has reached the downstream portion 6712 can flow downward from the downstream portion 6712 to the lower tray 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60, the detour of the sphere by the fifth detour 6700 will be described. 58 (a), 59 (a) and 60 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b) and 60 (b) are , The inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050. Also, FIG. 60 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 along the line LXc-LXc in FIG. 60 (b). 58 (a), 59 (a) and 60 (a) correspond to FIG. 57 (a), and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b) and 60 (b) correspond to FIG. It corresponds to 57 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 58, when the balls are discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. When the pile of balls stacked near the discharge port 23 inhibits the flow of the balls from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, as shown in FIG. 59, the balls whose flow into the storage area is blocked by the mountains are After flowing into the fifth bypass passage 6700 and rolling the upstream rolling surface 6710 a, first, it can flow down to the lower tray 2050 from the inflow lower portion 6711 closer to the discharge outlet 23.

  Then, when a pile is formed by the balls flowing down from the downflow 6711 and piled up, and the downflow of the ball from the downflow 6711 to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the pile, it rolls from the upstream rolling surface 6710a The balls stay in the downstream portion 6711, and the stagnant balls fill the downstream portion 6711 (see FIGS. 60 (b) and 60 (c)).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 60, a plurality of balls, which are balls that have flowed into the fifth bypass passage 6700 and which are rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the downstream portion 6711, stay in the downstream portion 6711 Can be passed over the head to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. Thereby, the fluid can be made to flow from the downstream portion 6712 far from the discharge port 23 to the lower tray 2050.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the ball introduced into the fifth detour 6700 is first made to flow down from the inflow lower portion 6711 closer to the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050, and a mountain formed in the outflow portion. When the downflow from the downflow 6711 to the lower tray 2050 is blocked by the lower side, the downflow from the downflow 6712 on the side far from the discharge outlet 23 can then flow down to the lower tray 2050. As a result, as the mountain formed near the outlet 23 grows, the sphere can be gradually diverted to an area farther from the outlet 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  In the present embodiment, the upstream rolling surface 6710 a and the downstream rolling surface 6710 b are not inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. However, at least one of the rolling surfaces 6710 a and 6710 b may be inclined downward toward the lower plate 2050 from the inner frame 6012. In this case, the inclination angle of the descending inclination from the inner frame 6012 to the lower plate 2050 makes the inclination angles of the respective rolling surfaces 6710a, 6710b smaller than the inclination angles of the downstream portions 6711, 6712. As a result, while the balls having flowed into the fifth bypass passage 6700 are mainly caused to flow down from the downstream portions 6711 and 6712 to the lower plate 2050, the balls can also flow down to the lower plate 2050 from the respective rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63, an inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment will be described.

  61 (a) is a top view of an inner frame 7012 and a lower tray 2050 in the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 61 (b) is an inner frame 7012 and a lower tray 2050 along line LXIb-LXIb in FIG. 61 (a). 61 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 7012 taken along line LXIc-LXIc in FIG. 61 (a). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 61, in the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment, a second payout opening is formed as a rectangular opening in a front view on the side (right side in the width direction, right side of FIG. 61B) of the payout opening 23 7023 is provided. In the present embodiment, the discharge port 23 and the second discharge port 7023 are formed to have the same shape in a front view, and are arranged at the same height position (upper and lower positions in FIG. 61B).

  Inside the inner frame 7012, a throwing path 7024 for throwing the ball that can not be stored in the upper tray 17 (see FIG. 1) to the dispensing outlet 23, and one end (upstream end) in the middle of the feeding path 7024 And a sixth bypass passage 7025 in which the other end (downstream end 7025a) is in communication with the second discharge outlet 7023 and inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  The ball sending path 7024 is suspended from the upstream end on the upper tray 17 side while being curved in a substantially S shape, and the downstream end 7024 a is in communication with the discharge outlet 23 at a position where it can be visually recognized from the discharge outlet 23 in front view. Therefore, the ball which has flowed down the feed path 7024 and reached its downstream end 7024 a flows down from the discharge port 23 to the lower tray 2050. In the present embodiment, the distance from the downstream end 7024a of the throwing path 7024 to the lower edge of one end (upstream end) of the sixth bypass path 7025 is approximately three times the diameter of the sphere.

  The sixth bypass passage 7025 has one end (upstream end) communicated with the throwing passage 7024 at a position above the downstream end 7024a of the throwing passage 7024 by a predetermined distance, and the downstream end 7025a is the second in the front view It communicates with the second payout port 7023 at a position viewed from the payout port 7023. Therefore, the ball that has entered the sixth bypass passage 7025 and reached its downstream end 7025 a flows downward from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 62 to FIG. 63, the detour of the sphere by the sixth detour 7025 will be described. 62 (a) and 63 (a) are top views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050, and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050. 62 (c) and 63 (c) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012. FIG. 62 (a) and 63 (a) correspond to FIG. 61 (a), and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) correspond to FIG. 61 (b); And FIG. 63 (c) correspond to FIG. 61 (c).

  When the ball is discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. As shown in FIG. 62, when the pile of balls piled up near the discharge port 23 blocks the flow of the balls from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball flowing down the ball feeding path 7024 has its downstream end 7024a. The downstream end 7024 a side of the ball sending passage 7024 is filled with these stagnant balls (see FIG. 62C).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 63, the ball flowing down the throwing path 7024 can be made to flow into the sixth bypass path 7025. As a result, the balls which flow into the sixth bypass passage 7024 and roll to the downstream end 7025 a can be made to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 spaced apart from the discharge outlet 23 in the width direction to the lower tray 2050.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of the ball from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the mountain formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the ball which flows down from the ball passage 2024 is It can be diverted to the second payout exit 7023 through the bypass path 7025 and can flow from the second payout exit 7023 to the lower tray 2050. As a result, the balls can be made to flow in from the second discharge port 7025 (to be sent) toward the area away from the mountain formed by the balls flowed out from the discharge port 23, and as a result, the lower tray 2050 is stored. The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the area.

  That is, for example, since the lower plate 2050 side is opened in the detour formed by recessing the front of the inner frame 7012, the ball is rolled and detoured from one end of the detour to the other end ( At one end and the other end), the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050. That is, it is not possible to divert all the spheres flowing into the detour to the other end, and a sphere is generated which flows down to the lower tray 2050 before reaching the other end.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sixth detour 7025 is disposed in the inner frame 7012 and formed as a closed path, so that the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050 in the middle of the detour. And all balls that have flowed into the sixth bypass 7025 can be rolled (or diverted) to the other end (downstream end 7025a) (ie, allowed to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050). it can).

  As a result, with respect to a mountain formed by the ball flowing down from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball is allowed to flow down to the lower plate 2050 only from a position (second discharge port 7023) sufficiently away from the mountain. As a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Here, in the present embodiment, a first lower bowl full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the side of the downstream end 7024 a of the ball sending passage 7024, and the sixth bypass passage 7025 is provided on the downstream side thereof. At the end 7025a side, a second lower plate full switch (not shown) is disposed. In these lower disc filling switches, balls are stored in the ball sending path 7024 or the sixth bypass path 7025 (the ball can not be fed from the discharge outlet 23 or the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050). Will be turned on if is detected.

  In this case, when the first lower plate full switch is turned on and the second lower plate full switch and the reduction state detection sensor are turned off, it can be estimated that a ball crest is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 Therefore, the player is informed that "the ball of the lower plate 2050 is leveled". As a result, by leveling the mountain, it is possible to restart throwing from the outlet 23, and it is possible to store more balls by efficiently using the storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  When both the first lower plate full switch and the second lower plate full switch are turned on, a ball crest is formed in the vicinity of the discharge port 23, and the ball detour by the sixth detour 7025 is also completed. Since it can be estimated that the ball is full on the lower plate 2050, the player is informed that "the ball release lever 2054a is operated".

  Here, the lower plate 2050 is further provided with a reduction state detection sensor (not shown) which is turned on when the side wall member 2055 is in the reduction state, and the first lower plate full tank switch and the second lower plate full tank If the switch is turned on and the reduction state detection sensor is turned on, "enlarge the lower plate 2050" before informing the player that "the ball release lever 2054a is operated". May be notified. An expandable lower plate 2050 can be effectively utilized.

  In addition, as a method of alerting | reporting, the display to the 3rd symbol display apparatus 81, the output by the audio | voice from an audio | voice output device, etc. are illustrated. In addition, the first lower tray full switch and the second lower tray full switch may be omitted, and only the lower tray full switch 1 may be provided. In this case, the ball throwing path 7024 is provided upstream of the branch to the sixth bypass path 7025 (opposite to the downstream end 7024 a). By arranging at such a position, even when the discharge outlet 23 and the second discharge outlet 2023 are formed, it is possible to detect that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls by the lower plate full-toning switch 1.

  Next, an inner frame 8012 and a lower tray 8050 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 64 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 8012 and the lower tray 8050 in the eighth embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 64, in the eighth embodiment, the seventh bypass 8400 is formed on the front face of the inner frame 8012, and the extension bypass 8800 is connected to the seventh bypass 8400. The seventh bypass passage 8400 is formed as a recessed groove extending from the discharge outlet 23 toward the right side in a front view, and the lower surface of the recessed groove is a rolling surface 8410. The seventh detour 8400 is substantially the same as the second detour 3400 except that the extension length is made longer than the extension length of the second bypass 3400 in the third embodiment. And the description thereof will be omitted.

  An overhanging wall 8056 h is formed on the inner wall member 2056 of the lower tray 2050 so as to project from the side wall 2056 b thereof into the storage area. The overhanging wall 8056 h is formed as a plate-like body that is bent in a front view, and the upper surface of the overhanging wall 8056 h is a rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass path 8800. The overhanging wall 8056 h connects one end (upstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 to the other end (downstream end) of the eighth bypass passage 8400 and descends the rolling surface 8810 toward the other end (downstream end). It is arranged in the posture to be inclined.

  In the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056 h is disposed at a position spaced upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and a space capable of storing spheres between the lower surface of the overhanging wall 8056 h and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054 (storage area ) Is formed. In addition, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (opposite to one end connected to the inner frame 12) is disposed at a height substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Be done.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, in addition to forming the eighth bypass passage 8400 in the inner frame 12, the extension bypass passage 8800 is also formed in the lower plate 2050 (inner wall member 2056). When the pile of spheres stacked in the vicinity blocks the inflow to the storage area and the spheres flow into the eighth detour 8400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50), the rolling surface 8410 of the eighth detour 8400 is The ball rolled to the end is positioned farthest from the outlet 23 using the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800 (the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces of the divided members 2551 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055) The ball can be sent out (or diverted) to the connection portion of the two pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. This makes it possible to send the spheres to the area away from the mountain and to make it easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (that is, the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800) is the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided member 2554 of the side wall member 2055. It is disposed at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface.

  Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is in the expanded state (that is, when the storage area is expanded and it is required to effectively utilize the storage area), the end of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800 is The balls flowed down from each side on each side of the inner frame 12 side of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 (that is, each member forming the step-wise expanded region) Further, the ball can be further rolled in the opposite direction (left direction in FIG. 64) to the rolling direction of the balls in the eighth bypass passage 8400.

  That is, the balls can be diverted to the back side of the mountain formed by the balls stacked in the storage area (the opposite side to the discharge port 23 and the side wall member 2055 side), and the balls are uniformly dispersed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  Further, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed to be bent in a V shape in a front view, and the descending inclination angle of the rolling surface 8810 formed on the upper surface is larger at the other end side (side wall member 2055 side) In the state where the lower plate 2050 is contracted, a space is formed between the upper surface of the other end of the overhanging wall 5056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It can be formed.

  As a result, when the player performs an operation to reduce the size of the lower plate 2050 from the enlargement state to the reduction state, the player's fingers are the protrusion wall 8056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It is possible to suppress being caught in between. That is, the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 is performed by putting the finger of the left hand on the inner wall side of the second piece 2551X to 2554X of the side wall member 2055, the second hand 2551X of the side wall member 2055 as the inner frame 12 According to the present embodiment, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to pinch a finger according to the present embodiment, although it is easy to operate with the operation method of pushing in toward the side.

  Here, in the case where the extension detour 8800 is formed by recessing a recessed groove in the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, the inner wall member 2056 has an operation handle because it is necessary to secure a storage space for the divided members 2551 to 2554. The operation handle of the operation handle 51 is deteriorated because the space between the two is narrowed to be disposed on the side 51.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the extension detour 8800 is formed by projecting the overhanging wall 8056 h from the side wall portion 256 b of the inner wall member 2056, the distance between the inner wall member 2056 and the operation handle 51 is secured. Thus, the operability of the operation handle 51 can be improved. On the other hand, even if the overhanging wall 8056h is projected from the side wall 2056b of the inner wall member 2056, according to this embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed in a plate shape, and the lower surface and the bottom wall of the overhanging wall 8056h Since a space (storage area) capable of storing a sphere is formed between it and the upper surface of the member 2054, the size of the storage area can be secured.

  As mentioned above, although the present invention was explained based on the above-mentioned embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned form at all, It is easy to be able to carry out various modification improvement in the range which does not deviate from the meaning of the present invention. It can be guessed.

  In each of the embodiments described above, part or all of one embodiment may be replaced or combined with part or all of one or more other embodiments to constitute a gaming machine.

  Although description is abbreviate | omitted in said each embodiment, the drive means (for example, electric motor) which gives driving force to side wall member 55, 2055 is provided, and it displaces side wall part 52, 2055 by the driving force given from the drive means. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be expanded and reduced by (rotation).

  In this case, for example, a sensor device for detecting the storage amount of the balls stored in the lower plate 50 is provided, and the side wall member 55 is a displacement amount (rotation amount) corresponding to the storage amount of the balls detected by the sensor device. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be expanded and contracted by displacing (rotating) the drive 2055 (see, for example, FIGS. 22 and 23). Since the lower trays 50 and 2050 can be enlarged if necessary while suppressing that the lower trays 50 and 2050 which are unnecessarily expanded and projected forward are obstructed by the player, the player can send the 1000 boxes The discharge frequency can be suppressed to concentrate on the game.

  Alternatively, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged or reduced according to the game state. For example, there is provided a means for detecting that a hit has occurred, and if the occurrence of a hit is detected by that means, the side wall members 55, 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the drive means. May be expanded in advance. Further, for example, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged at a predetermined effect. By expanding the lower trays 50 and 2050, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation.

  Alternatively, depending on the state of the front frame 14, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced. For example, a sensor device for detecting the state of the front frame 14 is provided, and when the sensor device detects an operation of opening the front frame 14, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction by the driving means. , And the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be reduced. Further, for example, a sensor device for detecting the state of the cylinder lock 20 for locking the front frame 14 is provided, and when the unlocking of the cylinder lock 20 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are reduced by the drive means. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be contracted by being displaced (rotated) in the direction. When the front frame 14 is carelessly opened while the lower tray 50 is enlarged, the enlarged lower tray 50 can be prevented from contacting the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and being damaged.

  In the above embodiments, the lower trays 50 and 2050 have been described as an example for the purpose of enlarging or reducing the storage area, but the present invention is not limited to this, and instead of or in addition to this, The plate 17 may be used as a target.

  In each of the above embodiments, the side wall members 55 and 2055 have the end portions on the same side as the front frame 14 is rotatably supported to the bottom wall members 54 and 2054 by the pivot pins 57 and 2057. Although the case where it is pivotally supported has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the end on the opposite side to the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably pivotally supported is the bottom wall member 54 by the pivotal support pins 57 and 2057. , 2054 may be rotatably supported.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the elastic deformation of the engaging pieces 552n to 556n and 2552n to 2554n is used as a defining means for defining the relative movement of the overlapping divided members 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 as an example. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this, and other defining means may be adopted. As another defining means, for example, the coefficient of friction between the divided members 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 is made different from each other, and based on the difference in the coefficient of friction, What defines the order in which the rotation is allowed is illustrated. Alternatively, a plurality of actuators (for example, solenoids) for engaging and canceling the engagement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are provided, and the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, 2551 are operated by driving the respective actuators. What defines the order in which 2554 rotations are allowed is illustrated.

  Although the description is omitted in each of the above embodiments, the first sensor device for detecting that the lower trays 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state (or at least not in the contracted state) and the fact that the front frame 14 has been opened Notification when the lower trays 50 and 2050 are detected to be in the expanded state and the opening of the front frame 14 is detected by the second sensor device to be detected and the first and second sensor devices And notification means (for example, means for generating sound) may be provided. By leaving the notification means, it is possible to suppress the front frame 14 from being opened while the lower trays 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower trays 50 and 2050 from colliding with the next pachinko machine 10 or the like and being damaged.

  Although the case where the first and second bypass routes 3300 and 3400 and the third and fourth bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are provided in two stages in the vertical direction has been described in the fourth embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. Alternatively, three or more detours may be provided.

  Although in the sixth embodiment, the downstream portions 6711 and 6712 are formed at two locations on the rolling surface 6710 of the fifth bypass passage 6700, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. A part may be provided.

  Although the above seventh embodiment has described the case where the two outlets (the outlet 23 and the second outlet 7023) are provided, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and even if three or more outlets are provided. good.

  In the eighth embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810) has a height substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Although the case where it arrange | positions in the position was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this, You may set this height position lower than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X, or than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X You may set it too high.

  The present invention may be implemented on a type of pachinko machine or the like different from the above-described embodiments. For example, a pachinko machine (common name, two-time, three-time, and so on) in which the jackpot expected value can be increased until the jackpot state occurs a plurality of times (for example, two times, three times) including the jackpot once May be implemented as In addition, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player, as a prerequisite to winning a ball in a predetermined area. In addition, it is possible to have the winning device which possesses special territory such as V zone and to execute to the pachinko machine which becomes special game state as a necessary condition to make the special territory win the ball. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various types of gaming machines may be implemented, such as arelapachis, ball balls, slot machines, gaming machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are fused.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where the coin is inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and the symbol is stopped and determined by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, as a basic concept of the slot machine, “a display device is provided which displays the identification information after displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is derived from the operation of the starting operation means (for example, operation lever) The variable display of identification information is started, and the variable display of identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player, as a prerequisite that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. An example is given.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided which variably displays a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displays the symbols, and is provided with a handle for ball launch. Not included. In this case, after the injection of a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the variation of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button or By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game for giving a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the determined symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol. Is a lot of balls being dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be handled as gaming value in the gaming hall, so the gaming value is found in the current gaming hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and the restriction on the installation location of gaming machines.

  Hereinafter, the concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be described.

<About the concept of the invention which makes the lower plate 50 an example>
In the gaming machine, the storage member includes a front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front surface of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball. The size of the storage area is displaceable in the direction to expand or reduce the size of the storage area by the operation, and when the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, the size of the storage area A game machine A1 characterized in that the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of being reduced.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. In this case, if the side wall is raised to enlarge the storage area of the lower tray, the gap between the lower tray and the upper tray will be reduced accordingly. Therefore, for example, when leveling the ball stored in the lower plate, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower plate. Therefore, according to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095, the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower plate are slide-displaced back and forth by the operation of the player, thereby making it easy for the player to put in the hands of the player A structure is disclosed which magnifies or reduces. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when the front frame is opened while the lower tray is enlarged, there is a problem that the enlarged lower tray contacts and damages the adjacent gaming machine.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the storage member is formed displaceably in the direction to expand or reduce the size of the storage area by the operation of the player, but the storage member from the outside along with the opening of the front frame When the pressing force is applied, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced, so that the breakage can be suppressed.

  The storage member may be, for example, an upper tray for storing a ball to be launched into the game area, or a lower tray disposed below the upper tray and receiving a ball which does not fit in the upper tray.

  In addition, when the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, for example, the storage member contacts the adjacent game machine and the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the adjacent game machine In the case where the storage member is gripped by a person while opening the front frame, a pressing force may be applied to the storage member from the human hand.

  In the gaming machine A1, the front frame is opened and closed by rotating around a rotation axis provided on the side portion on one side in the width direction, and the storage member is the same side as the rotation axis of the front frame A game machine A2 characterized in that the size of the storage area is formed to be expanded or reduced by rotating around a rotation axis provided on one side in the width direction.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A1, the storage member is enlarged or reduced in size by rotating around the rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction. Since the rotation shaft of the storage member is on the same side as the rotation shaft of the front frame, the storage member is stored when a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside along with the opening of the front frame. It can be made easy to displace in the direction in which the size of the area is reduced. As a result, damage to the storage member can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine A2, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the plurality of divided portions The game machine A3 characterized in that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating the body in a direction toward or away from the front frame about the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to secure freedom in the arrangement of the ball removal holes while making it possible to expand or reduce the size of the storage area. For example, in the structure in which the storage area is enlarged or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the operation of the player, the overlapping portion between the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side It is not possible to arrange the deburring holes, and the degree of freedom of its arrangement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A3, the storage area is formed by forming the side wall portions from a plurality of divided bodies vertically stacked, and rotating the plurality of divided bodies toward or away from the front frame. Can be enlarged or reduced in size, but since there is no overlap between the portion (segment body) displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area and the bottom wall, it can be located at any position on the bottom wall. It is possible to arrange the deburring hole and to secure the freedom of the arrangement.

  In the gaming machine A3, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, and when the storage area is expanded, the upper divided bodies are projected outward A game machine A4 characterized in that when the storage area is reduced by being rotated in a direction approaching the front frame about the rotation axis, the divided bodies overlap in an axial direction view of the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A3, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction away from the front frame, the upper divided bodies are projected outward, so that the player's The storage area can be expanded in a form that makes it easy to enter the hand. On the other hand, when rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the divided members overlap in the axial direction of the rotation axis, so that the rigidity of the storage member can be secured in a state where the storage area is reduced.

  Further, in the state where the storage area is expanded, since the plurality of divided bodies are projected outward, it can be made easy for the player to recognize that the lower tray is in the expanded state.

  In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body is substantially L-shaped in top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotary shaft and a second piece extended from the other end of the first piece. A game machine A5, characterized in that the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the second piece is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from the piece and the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape centering on the rotation axis, each of the divided bodies is rotated around the rotation axis. The trajectories of the second piece of the split body can be made to coincide. That is, since the state in which the 2nd piece of each division body always overlaps can be formed, the rigidity of a side wall part (a plurality of division bodies) is securable.

  In the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body is a horizontal portion connected to the first piece, a standing portion standing from an end of the horizontal portion, and the standing end of the standing portion. A horizontal portion and an extending portion extending to the opposite side, and each divided body includes the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion by the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion of the adjacent divided portions. A game machine A6 which is disposed in a state of being superimposed on a unit.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the second part of the divided body is a horizontal part connected to the first part, a standing part standing from the end of the horizontal part, And an extending portion extending from the standing end of the standing portion to the opposite side to the horizontal portion, each divided body includes a horizontal portion, a standing portion and an extending portion, the horizontal portions of the adjacent divided portions, Since it is disposed in a state of being superimposed on the erected portion and the extended portion, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage area, the weight of the balls acting on the side wall portion (each divided body) It can be effectively supported by the interaction of the overlapping of the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion between them, and as a result, the bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed.

  Also, because the second pieces overlap each other, even if the side wall portion is bent due to the weight of the ball, the second piece serves as a guide and the side wall portion smoothly from the enlargement state to the reduction state It can be migrated. Therefore, the lower plate (side wall) can be displaced in the reduction direction even when the front frame is opened carelessly while the lower plate with the balls stored is in an expanded state, so that the breakage can be suppressed. .

  In the gaming machine A6, the plurality of divided bodies are characterized in that the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extending portion is made smaller and the other width is made larger as the upper divided body. .

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A6, in the plurality of divided bodies, the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extended portion is made smaller and the other width is made larger as the upper divided body Therefore, even when the divided portions overlap the horizontal portion, the erected portion, and the extended portion of the second piece with adjacent divided portions, the width dimension of the second piece can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second piece while aiming to improve the rigidity of the second piece by stacking. Moreover, the protrusion to the outer side of a 2nd piece (side wall part) is suppressed, and the part | minute and the installation space of another member can be ensured.

  One of the gaming machines A5 to A7 includes an inner wall member forming a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the plurality of divided bodies being rotated in the direction approaching the front frame about the rotation axis, In a state where the storage area is reduced, the second piece is disposed on the back side of the inner wall member, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, the storage area The second piece is arranged side by side with the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. A8.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the second piece is provided with the inner wall member forming a part of the inner wall of the storage area and the storage area is reduced. Is arranged on the back side of the inner wall member and the storage area is expanded, the second piece is juxtaposed to the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member Therefore, the length dimension of the second piece can be shortened, and the space necessary for moving the second piece can be reduced accordingly.

  That is, when the inner wall member is not provided, the second piece needs to be the inner wall of the storage area not only when the storage area is reduced but also when the storage area is expanded. As a length dimension of the piece, a dimension obtained by adding a length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member and a length dimension corresponding to the enlargement is required. Therefore, the space required for the movement of the second piece is increased (the space needs to be secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage area is expanded). On the other hand, in the case where the inner wall member is provided, the second piece should be the inner wall of the storage area only when the storage area is expanded, so the length dimension of the second piece corresponds to the enlargement (The length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space necessary for the movement of the second piece can be reduced (this space is sufficient only on the back side of the inner wall member, and is secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the expansion direction of the storage area). Not necessary).

  In the gaming machine A8, the plurality of divided bodies are increased in length dimension of the second piece toward the upper divided body, and rotated in a direction away from the front frame about the rotation axis, and the storage area Is expanded, and the upper side of the divided body is projected outward, and the end face of the second piece of each divided body is arranged flush.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A8, the length of the second piece of the plurality of divided bodies is increased toward the upper divided body, in a direction away from the front frame centering on the rotation axis When it is rotated and the storage area is expanded, the upper divided body is projected outward, and the end face of the second piece of each divided body is disposed flush, so that each division is expanded when the storage area is expanded. The part cost is reduced by securing the overlapping distance of the second pieces of the body and suppressing the deflection of the side wall (second piece) with respect to the weight of the ball while suppressing the length of the second piece in each divided body. Can be reduced. That is, even when the end face of the second piece in the lower divided body of the upper divided body is protruded when the storage area is expanded, the protruding portion can not support the upper second piece and the deflection is It does not contribute to suppression. On the other hand, when the storage area is reduced, the overlap between the second pieces of each divided body is reduced, but the weight of the ball is exerted on the inner wall member and not directly on the second piece. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine includes a contact member formed so as to be able to abut on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost positioned division body, and the contact member is the largest when the storage area is expanded. It is arrange | positioned in the position which overlaps with the 2nd piece of the division body located in lower side in the axial direction view of the said division body, Game machine A10 characterized by the above-mentioned.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine A10 includes an abutting member formed to be able to abut on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body. Since the support rigidity of the second piece can be enhanced with the contact member as a fulcrum, bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed when supporting the weight of the ball. In particular, since the contact member is disposed at a position overlapping the second piece of the lowermost positioned division body in the axial direction of the division body when the storage area is expanded, the degree of expansion of the storage area (plurality The second piece of each divided body can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of which part of the divided body is displaced in the expansion direction), and the side wall portion (each divided body) is prevented from being bent it can.

  In the gaming machine A10, the divided body positioned at the uppermost side includes an engaging portion formed on the upper surface of the second piece, and the divided body positioned at the uppermost side is from the front frame with the rotation axis as a center. The gaming machine A11 characterized in that when the engaging portion is engaged with the contact member and the rotation is restricted, when it is rotated to a predetermined position in a direction to separate.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A10, the engaging portion is formed on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost split body, and the engaging portion abuts on the abutting member. The rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the uppermost segment can be restricted at a predetermined position. That is, the contact member not only serves to support the upper surface of the divided body (second piece) to suppress deflection but also serves as a stopper for restricting the rotation of the divided body, so the number of parts Product cost can be reduced.

  In any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided body has a convex portion formed on one mating surface of the divided bodies stacked vertically, and a concave portion receiving the convex portion formed on the other mating surface, When the storage area is expanded, the convex portion abuts against the inner wall on one side of the recess, and when the storage area is contracted, the convex portion abuts against the inner wall on the other side of the recess, A game machine A12 characterized by being formed so as to be able to regulate the relative displacement of the divisions superimposed on each other.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, in the divided bodies stacked vertically, a convex portion is formed on one of the mating surfaces and a concave portion is on the other mating surface. When the storage area is expanded, the convex part is in contact with the inner wall on one side of the recess, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is in contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part. Since the relative displacement of the divided bodies can be regulated, the relative position of each divided body can be defined. In this case, since each of the divided bodies is engaged with the overlapping divided body, the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion are engaged, the side wall portion (overlapped divided portions in the expanded state and the contracted state of the storage region) Body) The rigidity as a whole can be secured, and bending by the weight of a ball can be suppressed. In this case, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are disposed utilizing the mating surface which becomes a dead space, the side wall portion (divided body) can be miniaturized by that amount, and the capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A12, the divided body is formed in a substantially L shape in top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotary shaft and a second piece extended from the other end of the first piece. The convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously provided along the longitudinal direction of the first piece on the mating surface of the first pieces. Gaming machine A13.

  According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A12, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. From the above, it is formed in a substantially L-shape in top view, and since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces, the convex portion and the concave portion can be effectively functioned. That is, since the first piece is a portion operated by the player when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operation force can be directly received by the engagement between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion. The operational feeling can be improved. In addition, in the portion where the first pieces overlap, when the storage area is expanded, it is possible to intensively improve the rigidity of the portion where the portion is likely to be bent by the weight of the ball.

  In this case, since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first piece, an engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion is secured. Thus, it is possible to improve the rigidity as a whole of the side wall (overlapping divided bodies). In particular, since the convex portions and concave portions formed as the convex streaks and concave grooves are formed along the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft, the direction of the load by the player's operation and the weight of the ball is Since it can be made to be orthogonal to the engagement field of a ridge and a ditch, bending of the side wall part (the overlapped 1st piece) to such load can be controlled.

  In the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved in a circular arc shape convex outward in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, and the ridge and the inner wall of the concave groove have the same radius. A game machine A14 characterized by being curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the first piece.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A13, since the first piece is formed to be curved in a convex arc shape outward in the axial direction view of the rotation shaft, the capacity of the storage area is expanded be able to. In this case, since the ridges and the inner wall of the concave groove are formed in the same radius and curved in a circular arc shape convex in the same direction as the first piece, the extension length of these ridges is the mating surface of the first piece Can be maximized within the range of Therefore, the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion can be maximized to improve the rigidity of the entire side wall portion (the overlapping first pieces), and the load on the convex portion and the concave portion can be reduced. The durability can be improved.

<Regarding the concept of the invention taking the first bypass route 3300 as an example>
A front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing the sphere, and an inlet for flowing the sphere into the storage area of the storage member A gaming machine B1 comprising: a bypass path extended as a passage capable of throwing a ball from one end to the other end of the inflow side to the gaming machine B1.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower tray is expanded by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the balls tend to be biased to a part of the storage area of the lower tray (for example, in the vicinity of the inlet that allows the balls to flow into the lower tray), and uniformly throughout the expanded storage area of the lower tray. There is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the spheres.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, since the detour path extending as a passage capable of throwing a ball from one end to the other end of the inflow side is provided, for example, the ball inflowing from the inflow When a mountain is formed by being stored in the vicinity of the entrance, a ball whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain is made to flow into the detour, and it is turned from one end of the detour toward the other end. The ball can be diverted by moving it. This allows the spheres to be sent to the area away from the inlet, i.e., the area away from the peaks, and makes it easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area. As a result, for example, the player does not have to work to level and flatten the piles stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game.

  In the gaming machine B1, the bypass path is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from one end to the other, so that the ball can be reliably sent to the other end of the detour. In particular, if a ball collides with a mountain that is stored in the vicinity of the inflow, and the momentum of the ball is lost when it flows into the detour, the ball rolls to the other end of the detour. Can. In addition, since the ball can be energized to the other end of the detour, the initial speed at the time of sending out from the other end of the detour to the storage area can be increased. As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, so a ball is formed by the ball stored near the inflow port and the mountain is formed If the height of the ball exceeds the lower surface of the inlet, the ball can be reliably introduced into the bypass. That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height in the vicinity of the inflow port, the ball can be diverted to a region separated from the mountain by a detour, so that the sphere can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. Can.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of the detours are formed at different height positions.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of detours are formed at different height positions, so that a ball is formed by balls stored near the inflow. First, when the ball is introduced into the bypass with the lower height and is diverted, and the bypass is buried in the ball, the ball is introduced into the bypass with the lower height and diverted. That is, according to the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inflow port, the balls can be detoured stepwise to the area away from the mountain by each detour, so that the balls are dispersed uniformly over the entire storage area. It can be made easy.

  In the gaming machine B4, a plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inlet to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B5, since a plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inflow to the other end, the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inflow is obtained. Accordingly, when the ball is gradually diverted by different detours, the sphere can be diverted to an appropriate area (detour destination) according to each step. As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B5, the separation distance from the inflow port to the other end is set to a longer distance as the detour path where the height position is higher.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B5, the separation distance from the inflow to the other end is set to a longer distance as the detour is higher in height position, so it is formed near the inflow As the hills grow, the sphere can be progressively diverted to the area further from the inlet (ie, the area further from the hill). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the detour is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connection is opened to form a rolling surface on which balls can roll. A game machine B7 characterized in that a standing wall is erected on the edge of the side to be opened on the rolling surface.

  According to the gaming machine B7, any of the gaming machines B1 to B6 is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connecting portion is opened and the ball is formed as a rolling surface on which the ball can roll Therefore, for example, compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, since a standing wall is erected on the edge on the side to be opened on the rolling surface, a part of the balls stored in the storage area intrude into the detour path, and the balls on the rolling surface roll. It is possible to suppress movement inhibition. As a result, it is possible to effectively function the detour and to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  The standing wall may be formed only in the vicinity of one end (inflow port) of the detour. In addition, the height of the standing wall may be higher on the side closer to the inlet (one end), and may be reduced continuously or stepwise toward the other end. The height of the mountain increases in the vicinity of the inlet, and the ball easily intrudes into the detour. In addition, standing walls are not formed in the vicinity of the other end of the bypass. It is for sending a ball from a detour to a storage area.

  In any one of the game machines B1 to B7, the detour is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connection is opened to form a rolling surface on which balls can roll. A game machine B8 characterized in that a plurality of flow-down portions for causing the ball to flow down to the open side are formed on the rolling surface with a predetermined interval in the ball rolling direction.

  According to the gaming machine B8, any of the gaming machines B1 to B7 is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connecting portion is opened and the ball is formed as a rolling surface on which the ball can roll Therefore, for example, compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, a plurality of lower portions for causing the balls to flow down to the open side are formed on the rolling surface with a predetermined interval in the ball rolling direction, so it is easy to disperse the balls uniformly in the entire storage area. can do. That is, the balls flowed into the detour are made to flow down from the first of the plurality of flow lowers to the storage area, and a mountain is formed at the flow-down point. When the mountain blocks the flow from the lower part to the storage area, the ball flowing into the detour is rolled to the next lower part and flows down from the lower part to the storage area. Mountains are formed. By repeating this, it is possible to shift the positions of the mountains formed in the storage area in order along the detour, and as a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of game machines B1 to B8, a ball throwing path for throwing a ball to flow from the inflow port to the storage area of the storage member to the inflow port, and a second inflow port located apart from the first inflow port And the bypass circuit has one end in communication with the ball feeding path and the other end in communication with the second inlet.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a feeding path for sending a ball to flow from the inlet into the storage area to the inlet and a position separated from the first inlet And the bypass path has one end connected to the ball feeding path and the other end connected to the second inlet, so that the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area. it can.

  That is, when the ball thrown from the ball throwing passage flows into the storage area from the inflow port, a mountain is formed by the ball flowing in from the inflow port. In this case, when the mountain blocks the inflow of the ball from the inflow port to the storage area, the ball thrown from the ball throwing path is diverted to the second inflow port through the communication path, and the storage area from the second inflow port Can flow into Thereby, the sphere can be made to flow from the second inlet into the area separated from the mountain formed by the spheres flowing from the inlet, and as a result, it becomes easy to disperse the sphere uniformly throughout the storage area. Can.

<Regarding the concept of the invention taking the engaging piece 552n as an example>
In the gaming machine provided with a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member is a bottom wall portion And a side wall standing from the bottom wall, wherein the side wall is formed by superposing a plurality of divided bodies in the upper and lower direction, in a direction in which the plurality of divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame By being rotated, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and each divided body is provided with defining means for defining the order of permitting relative movement between the divided bodies. Game machine C1.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure for enlarging or reducing the storage area of the lower tray by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, in the above-described gaming machine, it is not possible to arrange the ball removal hole in the overlapping portion of the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement is reduced.

  As a result of intensive investigations, the applicant of the present application forms the side wall portion from a plurality of divided bodies stacked one on top of the other, and rotates the plurality of divided bodies toward or away from the front frame by the player's operation. The present invention has conceived of a structure for enlarging or reducing the size of the storage area (unknown at the time of this application). According to this structure, since the overlap between the portion (segmented body) displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area and the bottom wall portion is not formed, disposing the deburring hole at any position of the bottom wall portion It is possible to secure the freedom of its placement. However, the inventors of the present invention have found that the order of rotation of each of the plurality of divided bodies is not determined, and the expansion or contraction of the storage area is not unique.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, each divided body is provided with defining means for defining the relative movement between the stacked divided bodies, so that the divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame by the operation of the player In the case of rotation in the direction of rotation, the order in which the relative movement of the divided bodies to be superposed is allowed is defined by the defining means, so that the order of rotation of each divided body becomes constant, and as a result, The enlargement or reduction can be unique.

  In the gaming machine C1, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the defining means moves relative movement between the divided bodies vertically stacked from the lower divided bodies. A gaming machine C2 characterized in that it allows in order.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the defining means is rotated in the direction in which the plurality of divided bodies are separated from the front frame (ie, the size of the storage area is enlarged) In this case, the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other is allowed sequentially from the lower divided body, so that the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded. That is, in a mode in which relative movement is permitted sequentially from the lower divided body, the divided bodies overlapped above the divided bodies permitted relative movement are also integrally moved (rotation in a direction away from the front frame) ), So that the entire side wall can be moved in the direction to expand the size of the storage area. Therefore, for example, the size of the storage area can be expanded rapidly, as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body.

  In the gaming machine C1 or C2, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the defining unit sets the relative movement of the divided bodies overlapped in the upper and lower directions to the upper divided bodies. A gaming machine C3 characterized by accepting in order from.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1 or C2, the defining means rotates the plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame (that is, the size of the storage area is reduced) In the case of (1), the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body, so that rotation of the divided bodies (size of storage area) according to the state of the balls stored in the storage member Can be performed smoothly.

  That is, for example, in a mode in which relative movement is permitted in order from the lower divided body, the sphere stored in the storage member is relatively small, and the lowermost side even if the size of the storage area is reduced. If the spheres are stored to such an extent that they interfere with the divided bodies, it becomes necessary to rotate the divided bodies while flowing the spheres, and the operation of the divided bodies is inhibited.

  On the other hand, if relative movement is permitted in order from the upper divided body, the divided bodies are smoothly rotated without being blocked by the balls until they interfere with the balls stored in the storage member. (Reduce the size of the reservoir area). In addition, when the divided body is rotated to a position that interferes with the sphere (the size of the storage area is reduced), the rotation is blocked, thereby causing interference (that is, the storage area to decrease to a required size). Operation can be interrupted because it can be recognized. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be smoothly performed according to the state of the ball stored in the storage member.

  In any one of the game machines C1 to C3, the defining means includes a first engagement claw formed in the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame In the first state, when the first engaging claws are engaged with the upper and lower divided members in the upper and lower divided members and the lower and lower overlapped members are relatively moved. A space for allowing the elastic deformation of the first engaging claw is formed between the lower and lower divided members, and the engaging of the first engaging claw and the divided upper member. The game machine C4 characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is permitted by being able to be released.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines C1 to C3, in the defining means, the first engaging claw is engaged with the divided body superimposed on the upper side and superimposed on the lower side. Of the first and second divisions, the space between the divisions to be superimposed on the lower side is formed to allow the elastic deformation of the first engaging claw. By being able to release the engagement with the dowel, relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is allowed, so that the rotation in a direction away from the front frame of the divided body superimposed on the lower side is lower side It is acceptable in order from the division of. That is, by the operation of the player rotating the plurality of divided bodies in a direction away from the front frame, relative movement is allowed one by one from the lower divided bodies in order, and the size of the storage area is enlarged. can do.

  In the gaming machine C4, the defining means includes a second engagement claw formed in the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and in a state in which the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame The second engaging claws are engaged with the lower stacks of the upper and lower split bodies, and when the upper stack of the split bodies is moved relative to each other, the upper stacks are stacked. A space for allowing the elastic deformation of the second engaging claw is formed between the divided member and the second engaging claw which can be disengaged from the lower overlapping member. A game machine C5 characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side is permitted.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C4, in the state in which the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction of separating from the front frame, the divided bodies vertically stacked are lower When the second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side, and the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side is relatively moved, the second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side Space is formed to allow elastic deformation of the lower part, and the engagement between the lower overlapping part and the second engagement claw can be released, thereby permitting relative movement with respect to the lower overlapping part. As a result, it is possible to allow rotation from the upper split body in order from the upper split body in the direction approaching the front frame of the split bodies stacked one on top of the other. That is, by the operation of the player rotating the plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame, relative movement is allowed one by one from the upper divided body in order, and the size of the storage area is reduced. be able to.

  In the gaming machine C5, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw have a shape including a plate portion to which the base end side is fixed to the divided body and a protrusion which is provided so as to protrude from the tip of the plate portion. For one of the upper and lower overlapping segments, the projection is engaged and the upper and lower overlapping segments are engaged. The game machine C6 is characterized in that the plate portion is engaged by being elastically deformed by the protrusion being in contact with the one divided body with respect to the other.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C5, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw are provided at a plate portion whose base end side is fixed to the divided body and protruding at the tip of the plate portion With respect to one of the upper and lower divided segments formed in the shape of the projecting portion, the projecting portion is engaged, and the upper and lower segment is engaged. With respect to the other of the divisions to be superposed on each other, the plate portion is elastically deformed by the projection being in contact with the one division, so that the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw It can be made common (used as an engagement piece consisting of a plate portion and a protrusion). Therefore, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body extends from the other end of the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft and the other end of the first piece, and is centered on the rotating shaft. A game machine C7 having a substantially L-shape in top view from the second piece curving in an arc shape, and the defining means being formed in the second piece.

  According to the gaming machine c7, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body is extended from the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft and the other end of the first piece And the second member is curved in a circular arc shape with the rotation axis as a center, and formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and the defining means is formed in the second piece, so that the defining means can be enlarged and its rigidity Since this can be enhanced, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and to improve the durability. That is, since the second piece is formed to be curved in a circular arc around the rotation axis, and the second piece of each divided body can always form a state of overlapping, the space for arranging the defining means is the second piece Can be secured along the circumferential direction, and the size of the defining means can be increased accordingly.

<About the concept of the invention which makes the lock mechanism 77 an example>
And a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member being operated by the player. In a gaming machine formed displaceably in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced, at least a prohibiting means for prohibiting displacement of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded A game machine D1 characterized by

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure for enlarging or reducing the storage area of the lower tray by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, the above-described gaming machine has a problem that the lower tray is carelessly enlarged. That is, for example, when the lower tray is carelessly enlarged during conveyance of the product or during the opening operation of the front frame, breakage is caused due to rattling during conveyance or collision with surrounding members. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the prohibition means for prohibiting the displacement of the storage member at least in the direction in which the size of the storage portion area is enlarged is provided, the storage member is prevented from being expanded carelessly can do. As a result, it is possible to suppress, for example, damage during conveyance of the product or opening operation of the front frame.

  In the gaming machine D1, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies in the upper and lower sides, When the size is expanded from the reduced size state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, and the prohibiting means is rotated in the predetermined order. A gaming machine D2 characterized by prohibiting rotation of a divided body which is first rotated in a direction away from the front frame among the divided bodies.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the size of the storage area is reduced from the reduced size by the player's operation. When the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, the prohibiting means is configured to start with the front frame first of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in a predetermined order. Since the rotation of the divided body rotated in the separating direction is prohibited, it is possible to reliably prevent the storage member from being inadvertently expanded, while the divided means is first rotated by releasing the prohibition means. After rotating the body, the remaining divided bodies can be arbitrarily rotated, so that the operability of adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  In the gaming machine D2, the prohibition means includes an operator that can be disposed at the prohibition position and the release position by the operation of the player, and the operator is arranged at the prohibition position, so that the predetermined order can be obtained. Among the plurality of divided bodies to be rotated, the rotation of the divided body which is rotated in the direction away from the front frame is prohibited at the beginning, and the operation element is arranged at the release position, thereby the predetermined order The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body rotated in the direction away from the front frame among the plurality of divided bodies rotated in is released.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D2, when the operator is placed at the prohibited position by the player, the rotation of the first divided body is prohibited, and the operator is the player When it is placed in the release position, the prohibition of the rotation of the first divided body is released, so that the storage member can be prevented from being expanded regardless of the player's intention, and the storage member can be expanded. It can be prohibited arbitrarily.

  In the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced from the enlarged state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction approaching the front frame, and in the predetermined order An operation element of the prohibition means is configured to be capable of prohibiting the rotation of the divided body, which is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame among the plurality of divided bodies to be rotated. .

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction toward the front frame in a predetermined order, Among the plurality of divided bodies rotated in a predetermined order, the operator of the prohibiting means is configured to be capable of prohibiting the rotation of the divided body rotated in the direction approaching the front frame at the beginning, so the storage member is not It is possible to suppress the reduction in size. Further, since the operation element of the prohibiting means doubles as the means for prohibiting the expansion of the storage member and the means for prohibiting the reduction of the storage member, the number of parts is correspondingly reduced to reduce the product cost. Can.

  In the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operation element of the prohibition means is performed by rotating the divided body, which is initially rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, in the direction approaching the front frame by the player's operation. A game machine D5 characterized by being releasable.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D4, the division by the rotating member in the direction approaching the front frame at first prohibits the division from the front frame by the operation of the player. It is possible to release by being rotated in the direction to move, so that it is possible to suppress the storage member from being contracted carelessly, and if the divided body is pushed in the direction close to the front frame (if it is rotated), Since the storage member can be reduced, the operability of the player can be improved. Further, even when the storage member is in contact with the adjacent game machine with the opening of the front frame, the storage member can be reduced, and the breakage thereof can be suppressed.

  In any one of gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the slot machine, “a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying the identification information is provided. The dynamic display of identification information is started as a result, and the dynamic display of identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses It is a gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generation means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, as a necessary condition that the final identification information of is a specific identification information. In this case, the game medium may be a coin, a medal or the like as a representative example.

  A gaming machine K2 characterized in that in any one of gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, the ball is fired to a predetermined game area, and the ball is at an operating opening arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operation opening), identification information dynamically displayed on the display means may be determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when the special game state occurs, the variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable the ball to be won, and the value according to the number of winnings There is a case where a value (including not only prize balls but also data etc. written to a magnetic card) is given.

  A gaming machine K3 characterized in that in any one of gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the integrated gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying identification information, and for starting operation means (for example, operation lever) Fluctuation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. A special game state generation means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the finalized identification information upon stopping is the specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium and the identification information In order to start the dynamic display of the game, a predetermined number of balls are required, and when a special gaming state occurs, a large number of balls are paid out.

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
14 front frame 23 outlet (inlet, first inlet)
50, 2050 lower plate (storage member)
54, 2054 bottom wall member (bottom wall)
55, 2055 Side wall member (side wall portion)
551, 2551 1st division body (division body)
552, 2552 second split body (split body)
553, 2553 third division (division)
554, 2554 fourth division (division)
555 fifth division (division)
556 Sixth division (division)
557 Seventh division (division)
551X to 557X first piece 2551X to 2554X first piece 551Y to 557Y second piece 2551Y to 2554Y second piece 552b to 557b protrusion (convex portion)
551c to 556c Regulating groove (concave part)
2552b to 2554b protrusions (convex portions)
2551c-2554c Regulating groove (concave part)
552e to 557e 1st horizontal part (horizontal part)
552 f to 557 f standing portion 552 g to 555 g second horizontal portion (extension portion)
552 m to 556 m Opening (regulating means)
2551m-2554m Opening (regulating means)
552n to 556n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
552n1 to 556n1 projection 2552n to 2554n engagement piece (regulating means, first engagement claw, second engagement claw)
2552n1 to 2554n1 protrusions 556r, 557r regulating protrusions (regulating means)
551S2, 2551S2 Stopper (engagement part)
554t, 555t Engaging recess (regulating means)
56, 2056 inner wall member 56a restricting portion (contact member)
57, 2057 Support pin (rotation shaft)
77 Locking mechanism (regulating means, prohibiting means)
3300 1st detour (detour)
3400 Second detour (detour)
4500 third detour (detour)
4600 4th detour (detour)
3310 to 4610 Rolling surface 3311, 3411 Standing wall 6700 fifth detour (detour)
6710 Rolling surface 6711, 6712 Lower portion 7025 Sixth detour (detour)
8400 7th detour (detour)
8400 Rolling surface 8800 Extension detour (detour)
8810 Rolling surface 7023 second outlet (second inlet)
7024 throwing path

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front frame and storing balls. Patent Document 1 discloses a structure capable of enlarging or reducing the storage area of a storage member (lower tray).

JP 2007-136095 A

  However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the balls uniformly in the entire storage area.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can easily disperse balls uniformly throughout the storage area.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1 is a front frame which is formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member which is disposed on the front of the front frame and which forms a storage area for storing balls. And an inlet for letting the spheres flow into the storage area of the storage member, the ball is sent from one end to the other end of the inlet side, and the sphere can flow into the storage area as a passage The storage area is formed on the side surface on which the inflow port is formed, and the one end includes a communication passage continuously connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, and the bottom surface of the storage area is lower than the lower surface of the inflow port Located on the front side of the lower surface of the inflow port is connected to the bottom surface of the storage area via the side surface of the storage area on which the inflow port is formed, and the downstream side of the lower surface of the inflow port sphere is Ru is formed to be flow down into the reservoir region.

  According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area.

It is a front view of a pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray. It is a disassembled front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a front perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower tray. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) is a top view of the side wall member in the expanded state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow A direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled front perspective view of the side wall member in the arrow B direction view of Fig.10 (a). It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in bottom surface view of a side wall member. (A) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXa-XXa line of FIG. 10 (a), (b) is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXb-XXb line of FIG.10 (b). It is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXI-XXI line | wire of FIG. 10 (a). (A) is a top view of the side wall member in the contracted state, and (b) to (d) are top views of the side wall member in the first state to the third state. (A) And (b) is a top view of the side wall member in a 4th state and a 5th state, (c) is a top view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in a contracted state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 1st state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 2nd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 3rd state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 4th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in the 5th state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a 1st division body. It is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state. (A) And (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIII direction view of FIG. (A) is a top view of the side wall member in an expanded state, (b) is a side view of the side wall member in the arrow XXXIVb direction view of (a). It is a lower tray in 2nd Embodiment, Comprising: It is a front perspective view of the lower tray in a shrinking | reduction state. It is a front perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a lower tray. It is a rear perspective view of an inner wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled bottom perspective view of a side wall member. It is a disassembled bottom perspective view of a side wall member. It is a rear perspective view of a lower tray in an expansion state. (A) is a top view of the lower plate in the contracted state, (b) to (d) is a top view of the lower plate in the first to third states, and (e) is the lower surface in the enlarged state It is a top view of a plate. (A) is a side cross-sectional view of the lower tray in the contracted state, and (b) and (c) are side cross-sectional views of the lower tray in the first state and the second state. (A) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the third state, and (b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the enlarged state. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame and lower dish in a 3rd embodiment. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in the XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb line | wire of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in the LIb-LIb line of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in 5th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower dish in the LVb-LVb line | wire of (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in 6th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower tray in the LVIIb-LVIIb line | wire of FIG. 57 (a). (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (A) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray, and (c) is a cross-section of the inner frame at line LXc-LXc in (b) FIG. (A) is a top view of the inner frame and the lower plate in the seventh embodiment, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate along the line LXIb-LXIb in (a), (c) is a top view It is sectional drawing of the inner frame in the LXIc-LXIc line of (a). (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (c) is sectional drawing of an inner frame. (A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (c) is sectional drawing of an inner frame. It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower tray in a 8th embodiment.

  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the attached drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 34, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a substantially rectangular combination of wooden frames, and an outer frame 11 having substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In the outer frame 11, metal hinges 18 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1) to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front side.

  In the inner frame 12, the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails and winning openings 63, 64 and the like is detachably mounted from the back side. A ball (game ball) flows down the front of the game board 13 to play a ball game. In the inner frame 12, a ball emitting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) for emitting balls to the front area of the game board 13 and a ball for guiding balls emitted from the ball emitting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13 Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the upper front side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to upper and lower two places on the left side in front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 19 is provided is an open / close shaft. The lower tray unit 14 and the lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be able to open and close to the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

  The front frame 14 is an assembly of a resin part for decoration, an electric part, and the like, and a window portion 14 c having an opening formed in a substantially elliptical shape is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass sheets is disposed on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front of the game board 13 can be viewed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  In the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box-like shape with the upper surface opened and protruding upward, and prize balls, lending balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right as viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination thereof guides the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or changing the content of the effect of super reach. Ru.

  The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around its periphery (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emission mode by lighting up or flashing according to the change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit, a predetermined reach time, etc., and play a role of enhancing the rendering effect during the game. The electric decoration parts 29-33 which incorporated light emission means, such as LED, are provided in the periphery of the window part 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as a big hit lamp, and at the time of big hit or reach production etc., each electric decoration part 29 to 33 is lit by lighting and blinking of the built-in LED. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that it is in the middle of a jackpot, or that it is in reach before the jackpot. Further, at the upper left portion of the front surface frame 14 in a front view (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is incorporated and provided with a display lamp 34 capable of displaying a payout ball and an error occurrence time.

  A small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right side of the electric decoration 32 so that a transparent resin is attached from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be seen. 2) is made visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin plated with chromium is attached to the area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to create more refreshingness.

  Under the window portion 14c, a ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed. The rental ball operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball rental button 42, and a return button 43. When the rental ball operation unit 40 is operated with a bill, a card, etc. being inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is A loan will be made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the remaining amount is displayed as a number as remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded in the card etc. (recording medium), and the lending ball supplies the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present in the card etc. Be done. The return button 43 is operated when it is requested to return a card or the like inserted in the card unit. In the case of a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without passing through a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball operating unit 40. In this case, the ball operating unit 40 is used. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation part of to make the part configuration common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that can not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface on the left side thereof. . On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive a ball into the front of the game board 13 is disposed.

  Inside the operation handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting driving of the ball emission unit 112a, an emission stop switch 51b for stopping emission of the ball during the pressing operation, and rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) or the like for detecting the amount of movement operation (rotational position) by a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operation handle 51 is turned clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of the turning operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor is changed. The ball is fired with a strength corresponding to (ballistic strength), whereby the ball is struck to the front of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, in a state where the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the emission stop switch 51b are off.

  At the front lower portion of the lower plate 50, a ball removing lever 52 for operating when discharging the balls stored in the lower plate 50 downward is provided. The ball release lever 52 is always urged in the front direction, and by sliding it in the back direction against the urging, the bottom surface opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened. A ball falls naturally from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 54b is usually performed with a box (generally referred to as a "seven box") for receiving the ball discharged from the lower plate 50 below the lower plate 50.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming board 13 has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a windmill, and rails 61 and 62. The first opening 63, the second opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the back surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1) Attached to the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light transmitting resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures disposed on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are disposed in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed by tapping screw etc. from the front side.

  The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.

  An outer rail 62 formed by bending a belt-like metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front of the game board 13, and at the inside position of the outer rail 62, a belt-like metal plate like the outer rail 62 is formed. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in the above is planted. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rails 61 and the outer rails 62, and the front and back are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area in which a game is played is formed by the behavior of the game. The game area is a front area of the game board 13 and is divided by two rails 61 and 62 and a resin outer edge member 73 connecting the rails (a prize opening and the like are provided and launched). Area where the ball flows down).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the top of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the end portion (upper left part in FIG. 2) of the inner rail 61, and the situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 once comes back into the ball guide passage is prevented. Be done. At the end of the outer rail 62 (the upper right part in FIG. 2), the rubber return 69 is attached to a position corresponding to the largest flying portion of the ball, and the ball fired with a predetermined momentum strikes the rubber return 69 Is bounced toward the central part while being attenuated.

  First symbol display devices 37A and 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are disposed on the lower left side of the game area (the lower left side in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B perform display according to each control performed by the main control unit 110 (see FIG. 4), and display of the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly performed. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used according to whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A is activated, and when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

  In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B indicate whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is in a steady change, a time-short or a normal, by means of LEDs, or indicate whether it is in fluctuation by means of an on-light condition. The stop symbol indicates whether the symbol corresponds to the probability variation big hit or the symbol corresponding to the normal big hit or not by the lighted state, or indicates the number of holding balls by the lighted state, and by the 7-segment display device, the round of the big hit Display numbers and errors. In addition, a plurality of LEDs may be configured to have different emission colors (for example, red, green, blue) of the respective LEDs, and the combination of the emission colors may suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

  In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed in response to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 having a winning. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the jackpot is successful (jump lottery), and when it is determined that the jackpot is made, the jackpot type is also determined. As jackpot types determined here, 15R probability variation jackpots, 4R probability variation jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. Not only is it shown whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as the stop symbol after the end of the fluctuation in the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B, and if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown .

  Here, "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot where the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after 15 round jackpots, and "4R probability variation jackpot" is a maximum number of round jackpots with 4 rounds It is a probability change jackpot to shift to a high probability state after. Also, “15R normal jackpot” is a jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds transitions to a low probability state after jackpots of 15 rounds and for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuation numbers) becomes a short time state. is there.

  Also, "high probability state" refers to a state in which the subsequent jackpot probability is increased as added value after the end of the jackpot, so-called probability fluctuation (during a definite change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special gaming state The state of The high probability state (during a definite change) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 640 by increasing the hitting probability of the second symbol described later. The term "low probability state" refers to a time when the probability of change is not positive, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than that of probability change. Moreover, with the time saving state (time saving) of the "low probability state", the jackpot probability is a normal state, and only the jackpot probability of the second symbol is increased with the jackpot probability unchanged, and the second winning opening 640 To say the state of the game where the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is normally medium is the state of the game which is neither a definite change nor a time reduction (a state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the hit probability of the second symbol is increased).

  The probability change of the second symbol not only increases during a definite change or time, but also the time when the motorized accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is changed, and a longer time than normal It is set. When the motorized part 640a is in the open state (open state), the ball reaches the second winning opening 640 compared to when the motorized part 640a is in the closed state (closed state). It becomes easy condition. Therefore, the ball is likely to be won in the second winning opening 640 during a definite change or during a time cut, and it is possible to increase the number of times a jackpot lottery is performed.

  In addition, in addition to changing the opening time of the motorized role thing 640a attached to the second winning a prize opening 640 during a definite change or during a short time, or in addition to changing the opening time, the electric operation per hit A change may be made to increase the number of times the accessory 640 a is released more than in the normal mode. In addition, the probability of hitting the second symbol does not change during definite changes or during a short time, and the electric symbol 640a is opened at a time and once when the electric symbol 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened. At least one of the numbers may be changed. In addition, the time during which the electric winning combination 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is open or the number of times the electric combination 640a is opened per hit does not occur during a certain change or during a short time, and the second symbol is hit Only the probability may be changed to be up relative to normal.

  In the game area, there are provided a plurality of general winning openings 63 in which five to fifteen balls are paid out as winning balls by winning balls. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by winnings (start winnings) to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640, while being synchronized with the variable display in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the third symbol A third symbol display device 81 configured of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second symbol triggered by the passage of a ball of through gate 67 A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided.

  Further, a center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible from an opening opened at the center of the center frame 86.

  The third symbol display device 81 is configured of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), for example, the upper, middle and lower 3 One symbol column is displayed. Each symbol row is constituted by a plurality of symbols (third symbol), and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 by horizontally scrolling these third symbols for each symbol row It is supposed to be. The third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment is the first symbol display device 37A, 37B in which the display of the gaming state accompanied by the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed, but the first A decorative display is performed according to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B. The third symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel instead of the display device.

  The second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol “o” and the symbol “x” as display symbols (the second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through gate 67 It is a variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. If it is a result of the winning lottery, if it is a hit, the symbol of "o" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the second symbol in the second symbol display device. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is out of alignment, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the third symbol in the second symbol display device.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display in the second symbol display device is stopped at a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, the symbol "o"), the motorized role 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 has a predetermined time It is configured to be activated (opened) only.

  The time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the gaming state is normal. As a result, since the variation display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the definite change and during the short time, it is possible to perform the winning lottery more frequently than in the middle. Therefore, since the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, it is possible to give the player a lot of opportunities for the electric winning combination 640 a of the second winning opening 640 to be in the open state. Therefore, it is possible to make it easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and during the time saving.

  In addition, the second winning opening 640 during the definite change or time reduction by other methods, such as increasing the open probability and increasing the opening time and opening number of the motorized combination 640a per hit, which increases the hit probability during definite change or time reduction. When the ball is in a state in which it is easy to win, the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter during the definite change or during the short time than during the normal time, the winning probability may be made constant regardless of the gaming state, and a single hit The opening time and the number of times of opening of the motorized role product 640a with respect to may be constant regardless of the gaming state.

  The through gate 67 is assembled to the game board on the right side in the lower area of the variable display unit 80, and among the balls fired on the game board, a part of the ball flowing down the right of the game board can pass Is configured. When the ball passes through gate 67, a lottery for winning the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a hit, the symbol of "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and the result of the winning lottery is out For example, the symbol of "x" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display.

  The number of times the ball passes through gate 67 is held up to a total of four times, and the number of balls held is indicated by the above-mentioned first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the second symbol hold lamp (not shown) Is also displayed. Four second symbol holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third symbol display device 81.

  In addition, as the variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching on and off of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third A part of the symbol display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol holding lamp may be performed by part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of holding balls for the passage of the ball of the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 assembled is not limited to one, and may be plural (for example, two). Further, the assembly position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display unit 80, and may be, for example, the left side of the variable display unit 80. Further, since the number of balls held is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol holding lamp may not perform the lighting display.

  Below the variable display unit 80, there is disposed a first winning opening 64 in which a ball can be won. When the ball is won in the first winning opening 64, the first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the turning on of the first winning opening switch. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37A.

  On the other hand, on the right side in a front view of the first winning opening 64, a second winning opening 640 in which a ball can win is disposed. When a ball is won in the second winning opening 640, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main control unit 110 is turned on due to the second winning opening switch being turned on. A lottery for a big hit is made at (see FIG. 4), and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37B.

  Further, each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 is also one of the winning openings in which five balls are paid out as winning balls when the balls win. In the present embodiment, the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball is winning in the second winning opening 640 are configured the same. The number of winning balls to be paid out when the ball has won the first winning opening 64 and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the second winning opening 640 has the ball, for example, to the first winning opening 64 The number of winning balls to be paid out when the player wins a prize may be three, and the number of winning balls to be paid out when the second prize winning hole 640 has won may be five.

  The second winning opening 640 is accompanied by a motorized role 640 a. The electric role object 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally, the electric role object 640a is in a closed state (shrinkage state), and it is difficult for the ball to win the second prize opening 640. On the other hand, when the symbol of "o" is displayed on the second symbol display device as a result of the fluctuation display of the second symbol performed triggered by the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, the motorized role piece 640a is in the open state (enlarged State), and the ball is likely to win the second winning opening 640.

  As mentioned above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal condition, and the time taken for the variable display of the second symbol is short as compared to the normal, and therefore, in the variable display of the second symbol The symbol of “” becomes easy to be displayed, and the number of times that the motorized role piece 640 a is in the open state (enlarged state) is increased. Furthermore, during definite period of time and short time, the time when the motorized accessory 640a is opened is also longer than usual. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to win to the second winning opening 640 compared to the normal time during definite variation and during time saving.

  Here, the probability of being a big hit is the same in either the low probability state or the high probability state in the case where the ball has won in the first winning opening 64 and the case in which the ball has won in the second winning opening 640. However, the probability of becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot as the type of jackpot selected when jackpot is higher is higher in the case where the ball has won in the second winning opening 640 than in the case where the ball has won in the first winning opening 64 It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have a motorized part like the second winning opening 640, and the ball is always in a state where it is possible to win.

  Therefore, during the normal operation, there are many cases in which the motorized prize associated with the second winning opening 640 is in the closed state, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640, and therefore, it is directed to the first prize opening 64 without the electric jack. Launch the ball so that the ball passes the left side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed"), and the winning of the first winning opening 64 gives a lot of opportunities for a big hit lottery and becomes a big hit It is advantageous for the player to aim at things.

  On the other hand, the electric gate 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is likely to be in the open state by passing the ball through the through gate 67 during definite variation or time, and it is easy to win the second winning opening 640. The ball is fired so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display 80 toward the second winning hole 640 (so-called "right-handed"), and the motor gate is opened by passing through the through gate 67. It is advantageous for the player to aim at becoming a 15R probability variation jackpot by winning in the second winning opening 640.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment emits a ball to the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is in the process of being changed, time is short, or is normal). You can change the way of “right-handed” and “right-handed”. Therefore, the player can enjoy the game because it can change the way of hitting the ball.

  A variable winning device 65 is disposed on the upper right side of the first winning opening 64, and a substantially long rectangular shaped special winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided in a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning in the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640 becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variation time) has elapsed, the stop symbol of the big hit and The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on, and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is indicated. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) in which the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the special winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or 10 balls have been won).

  The specific winning hole 65a is closed when a predetermined time passes, and after the closing, the specific winning hole 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning hole 65a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which the opening and closing operation is being performed is a form of special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger amount of prize balls than usual as the provision of the gaming value (game value). Is done.

  Specifically, the variable winning device 65 is a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate covering the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for driving to open / close forward about the lower side of the opening / closing plate. And have. The specific winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball can not win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large open port solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side, temporarily forming an open state in which the ball is easy to win in the specified winning port 65a. Operates to repeat the state and the state alternately.

  In addition, the special gaming state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening is provided in the game area, which is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit is turned on in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time The game state that the large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined period of time for a predetermined number of times during the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, triggered by the ball winning into the specific winning opening 65a It may be formed as a state. Further, the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or more (for example, three) may be disposed, and the arrangement position is not limited to the upper right side of the first winning opening 64, for example The left side of the variable display unit 80 may be used.

  In the lower right corner of the game board 13, a sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate stamp, an identification label or the like is provided, and a seal paper stuck to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. It can be viewed through 35 (see FIG. 1).

  The game board 13 is provided with a first out port 71. A ball flowing down the game area, which has not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640, is guided to the ball discharging passage (not shown) through the first out port 71. The first out port 71 is disposed below the first winning port 64.

  A large number of nails are implanted in the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (features) such as a windmill are disposed.

  As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is integrated with a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). In the control board unit 91, a delivery control board (delivery control device 111), a emission control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116 are mounted and unitized.

  In the back pack unit 94, a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board is used as an MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port to communicate with various devices, a random number generator used in various lottery, time counting and synchronization etc. Clock pulse generation circuits etc. are mounted as needed.

  The main control unit 110, the audio lamp control unit 113 and the display control unit 114, the payout control unit 111 and the emission control unit 112, the power supply unit 115 and the card unit connection board 116 are accommodated in the substrate boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The substrate boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate the control devices and the respective substrates.

  In addition, the substrate box 100 (main controller 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing controller 111 and firing controller 112) connect the box base and the box cover unsealably (sealing structure) by a sealing unit (not shown) Consolidated). Further, a seal seal (not shown) is pasted over the box base and the box cover at the connection portion between the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if it is attempted to peel off the sealing seal to open the substrate box 100 or 102, or if the substrate box 100 or 102 is to be opened forcibly, the box base side and the box cover It is cut to the side. Therefore, by confirming the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it can be known whether or not the substrate box 100, 102 has been opened.

  Dispensing unit 93 is located at the top of back pack unit 94 and opens upward, tank 130, tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side, and a dispensing device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 for dispensing balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) ing. The balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall are successively replenished to the tank 130, and the required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. The tank rail 131 is attached with a vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131.

  In addition, the payout control device 111 is provided with the state recovery switch 120, the emission control device 112 is provided with the operation knob 121 of the variable resistor, and the power supply device 115 is provided with the RAM erase switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) portion, for example. The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the launch force of the launch solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on in order to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

  The main controller 110 is mounted with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic device. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 storing various control programs to be executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control unit 110, main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as a jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display device by the MPU 201 Run.

  Although various commands are transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control units such as the payout control unit 111 and the audio lamp control unit 113 to operate. Such command is transmitted from the main control unit 110 to the sub control unit in one direction only.

  The RAM 203 is a stack area in which various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc. are stored, various flags and counters, I / O, etc. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to be able to receive data (backup) supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power shutoff (including the time of the power failure, the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including the power on due to the cancellation of the power failure, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power interruption. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed when the power is shut off by a main process (not shown), and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When it is input, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110 via a bus line 204 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 has a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, a second symbol display device, a second symbol hold lamp, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the specified winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for opening and closing drive to the front side and a solenoid for driving a motorized part is connected to the MPU 201. The MPU 201 receives various commands and control signals via the input / output port 205. Send

  The input / output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotational position detection sensor R, and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115 described later. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of the winning balls and the lending balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 212 storing a control program to be executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111 is, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, a stack area where the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, various flags and counters , I / O, etc. are stored in the work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to receive a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is turned off and to hold (back up) data, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control unit 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 at the time of power interruption due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) as processing upon power failure is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 configured by an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the emission control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting a prize ball paid out. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but not connected to the main control device 110.

  The emission control device 112 controls the ball emission unit 112 a so that the ball launch strength according to the amount of rotational operation of the operation handle 51 is obtained when the main controller 110 instructs the ball emission. . The ball launch unit 112a includes a launch solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the launch solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on condition that the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited corresponding to the amount of rotational operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and the ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound in a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (such as the illumination parts 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 and the like performed by the display control device 114 such as display (display) and advance notice effect. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 configured by an address bus and a data bus. To the input / output port 225, a main control unit 110, a display control unit 114, an audio output unit 226, a lamp display unit 227, other units 228, a frame button 22 and the like are connected.

  The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed by the third symbol display device 81, or super reach It instructs the display control device 114 to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a back side image change command including information on the changed stage is transmitted to display control device 114 in order to display a back side image corresponding to the changed stage on third symbol display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol, which is a main image to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 in accordance with the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

  In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. Based on the display command received from the display control device 114, the sound lamp control device 113 outputs a sound corresponding to the display content from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81. The lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled according to the display content.

  The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the third symbol display effect variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 matches the display of the third symbol display device 81 with the voice output from the voice output device 226 by outputting the voice from the voice output device 226 according to the display content indicated by the display command. be able to.

  The power supply unit 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As a summary, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts AC supplied from the outside, 12 volts voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as solenoid 209, motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and a backup voltage are supplied to the respective control devices 110 to 114 and the like.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting the power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of the stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power loss, power loss) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the blackout signal SG1 is outputted to the main control unit 110 and the payout control unit 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure, and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a 5-volt voltage, which is a driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient for execution of the NMI interrupt processing even after the voltage of the DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown) normally.

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control unit 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. The main control unit 110 controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data and causing the payout control unit 111 to clear the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. Transmit to the device 111.

  Next, the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 34. First, the entire configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 9. FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50, and FIG. 6 is an exploded front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, on the lower left side of the inner frame 12, a payout opening 23 formed as a rectangular opening in a front view is disposed, and a position corresponding to the payout opening 23 (ie, the payout opening 23). The lower plate 50 is disposed at a position where it can receive the balls paid out from the The balls that can not be stored in the upper plate 17 are discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 50 and stored in the storage area of the lower plate 50.

  The lower plate 50 is disposed on the inner frame 12 in a posture in which the discharge outlet 23 is offset to the left of the storage area and the bottom wall member 54 is positioned lower than the lower surface of the discharge outlet 23 in front view. Ru. Therefore, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 are stored while flowing from the left side to the right side of the bottom wall member 54 of the lower plate 50 from the left side to the right side in the initial stage. When the spheres are stored to such an extent that they spread, they are stored in the form of forming a mountain near the outlet 23. When a predetermined amount of balls are stored in the lower plate 50, the player operates the ball removing lever 54b to discharge the balls into a box (so-called one-scene box) disposed below the lower plate 50.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 of the lower plate 50 is formed so as to be displaceable back and forth, and the size of the storage area is enlarged or expanded by causing the side wall member 55 to project forward or backward. It can be reduced (see FIGS. 7 and 8). Therefore, the size of the storage area can be expanded, so that the frequency of the ball removing operation from the lower plate 50 can be reduced, and the player can be concentrated on the game by that amount. On the other hand, since the size of the storage area can be reduced, the lower plate 50 (the overhanging side wall member 55) interferes with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 when the front frame 14 is opened, and the external shape during transportation becomes large. Can be suppressed. The structure of the expansion and contraction of the lower plate 50 will be described in detail below.

  7 (a) and 7 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the expanded state. is there. 9 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 50. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 9, the disassembled state of the lower tray 50 in the contracted state is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the lower plate 50 includes a bottom wall member 54 forming the bottom surface of the storage area, and a side wall member 55 erected from the bottom wall member 54 and forming the side surface of the storage area 56 mainly includes an axial support pin 57 and an axial support plate 58 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 55 on the bottom wall member 54.

  The bottom wall member 54 is a plate-like member disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 12 in a posture extending substantially horizontally toward the front, and is an opening for discharging a sphere from the storage area of the lower plate 50. A ball removing hole 54a and a ball removing lever 54b operated by the player when the ball removing hole 54a is opened are provided. The ball removal hole 54a is disposed on the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 50 (opposite to the discharge outlet 23) in top view of the bottom wall member 54, and the top surface of the bottom wall member 54 is removed from four sides It is formed in the form inclined downward to the hole 54a.

  The side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and one end side and a second side portion (second piece) of the substantially L-shaped long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X, refer to FIGS. 11 to 19) By directing the other end side of 551Y to 557Y (see FIGS. 11 to 19) to the front of the front frame 12, the L-shaped bent portion is disposed in a posture in which the front frame 12 is protruded forward. Therefore, a substantially triangular space in top view is defined by the side wall member 55 on the front surface of the front frame 12. The side wall member 55 has one end (a left side in a front view, that is, an end on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is pivotally supported so as to be openable and closable) at one end of a long side portion in a top view substantially L shape. It is rotatably supported on the bottom wall member 54 by the mounting plate 58.

  The side wall member 55 has a plurality of (seven in the present embodiment) divided bodies (the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557, see FIGS. 11 to 19) having a substantially L-shape in top view, and a rotation shaft It is formed so as to overlap along the axial direction of the (axial support pin 57). Each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is displaced toward the upper layer side by a larger amount as it is rotated about the pivotal support pin 57, thereby forming a step shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed. To expand. Therefore, the freedom degree of arrangement | positioning of the ball extraction hole 54a (refer FIG. 9) in the bottom wall member 54 is securable.

  That is, in the structure in which the storage area is enlarged or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the operation of the player, the overlapping portion between the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side It is not possible to arrange the deburring holes, and the degree of freedom of its arrangement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the storage areas are expanded by forming the stair-like shape by displacing the divided bodies 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other, and for expanding or reducing the storage areas. An overlap margin is not formed between the portion (each divided body 551 to 557) displaced to the bottom and the bottom wall member 54. Therefore, the ball removal hole 54a can be arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall member 54, and the freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 55 is expanded in a step-like shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 8). That is, since the upper side divided body is projected to the front side as viewed from the player, the storage area is enlarged without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening. As it expands, the player's hand can be easily inserted into the lower plate 50. In other words, the size of the upper plate 17 can be increased accordingly. Further, as described above, the side wall member 55 is projected to the front side as viewed from the player, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state.

  The inner wall member 56 is a plate-like member erected from the bottom wall member 54, and is an inner side (storage area side) of a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of a substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 55. , And forms a part of the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50. That is, the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50 is reduced by the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 551 X to 557 X) of the substantially L-shaped top surface view of the side wall member 55 and the inner wall member 56 in the contracted state. In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of a substantially L-shape in a top view of the side wall member 55 is added to this.

  Here, the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L-shaped top surface view of the side wall member 55 have different length dimensions. Therefore, in the contracted state, the respective end portions are disposed at mutually different positions, and a plurality of steps are formed along the longitudinal direction of the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y). Therefore, when the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 50 is formed by the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y), for example, one to several balls left on the lower tray 50 when ending the game When taking out, the ball is caught on the step and difficult to take out.

  That is, since the upper plate 17 is disposed above the lower plate 50 and the space is narrow, it is difficult to pick up the ball in the lower plate 50 with a finger. Therefore, the ball is pressed against the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) in the storage area of the lower plate 50 with the finger of the left hand and rolled out to the front side. In this case, when the above-described step is formed, the ball is caught on the step and it becomes difficult to take it out.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the side surface on the right side (the handle 51 side) in the storage area of the plate 50 is formed by the inner wall member 56 in a contracted state, and is formed into a flat surface. That is, the step by the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) can be hidden by the inner wall member 56. As a result, the ball can be easily taken out by rolling the ball to the front side while pressing it against the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) toward the storage area of the lower plate 50 with the finger of the left hand.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 56 forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. Pieces 551Y to 557Y) are disposed on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 are inner wall members A portion of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by juxtaposing the side of 56 and both of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551 Y to 557 Y) and the inner wall member 56. Thus, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be shortened, and the space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed.

  That is, when the inner wall member 56 is not provided, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 551 to 557 (not only in the state where the storage area is reduced but also in the state where the storage area is expanded) Since it is necessary for the second pieces 551Y to 557Y) to be a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 and the storage area (inner wall The dimension which added the length dimension corresponded to the expansion part of) is needed.

  Therefore, the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) becomes large, and it is necessary to secure a part of the space in the internal space of the inner frame 12. That is, the other end side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) needs to be accommodated in the inner space of the inner frame 12 in the reduced state shown in FIG.

  On the other hand, by providing the inner wall member 56, the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L shape only needs to be the inner wall of the storage area only in the enlarged state. The length dimension of the side portion can be suppressed to the length dimension corresponding to the enlargement (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed, and it can be unnecessary to secure a part of the space in the internal space of the inner frame 12.

  A restricting portion 56a is provided on the back surface side of the inner wall member 56 so as to protrude, and the restricting portion 56a overlaps the upper surface of the short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 55. Therefore, when the side wall member 55 which receives the weight of the ball falls down, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (short side portion) to suppress the floating thereof. It is possible to suppress the falling down. Further, since the restricting portion 56a can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55, the restricting portion 56a restricts the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the enlargement direction and can hold the side wall member 55 at the overhanging position (see FIG. 9). .

  In this case, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is increased toward the upper divided body (see FIGS. 11 to 19). When the enlarged state shown in Fig. 8 is formed, the upper divided body is projected outward, and the end faces (the opposite side to the enlargement direction, the right side in Fig. 8) of the substantially L-shaped short side portion are flush with each other (See FIG. 8), the overlap between the substantially L-shaped short sides of the divided members 551 to 557 is ensured, and the deflection with respect to the weight of the ball is suppressed, and the substantially L-shaped short sides By suppressing the length of the portion, it is possible to suppress the cost of parts.

  That is, in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, in each divided body 551 to 557, the end face of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y to 557Y) in the lower divided body than the upper divided body protrudes Even if it does, the protrusion can not contribute to suppression of bending to the adjacent short side part. On the other hand, in the contracted state shown in FIG. 7, the overlap between the substantially L-shaped short sides of the divided members 551 to 557 is reduced, but the weight of the ball is exerted on the inner wall member 56 to substantially reduce the L shape. It does not act directly on the short side of. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 is an upper surface at an end portion on the end face side of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) which are arranged flush with each other in the enlarged state shown in FIG. Overlap. That is, as described later, the storage area is expanded or contracted in seven stages of the contraction state, the first state to the fifth state, and the enlargement state (see FIGS. 22 and 23), in any of the states; It is arrange | positioned in the position which can overlap with the substantially L-shaped short side part (2nd piece 551Y-557Y) of all the division bodies (1st-7th division 551-557) in top view. Therefore, regardless of the degree of expansion of the storage area (which one of the seven stages), the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 551 to 557 can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position The bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 can abut the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55 (the first divided body 551), so that the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction can be restricted. That is, the restricting portion 56a supports not only the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (the second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 (the first divided body 551) to suppress bending but also the divided bodies Since it also serves as a stopper that restricts the rotation of 551 to 557 in the expansion direction, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

  Here, in the case where the lower plate 50 is formed so as to be able to expand or reduce its storage area, the front plate 14 is kept in the state in which the lower plate 50 is expanded in the holes where the plurality of pachinko machines 10 are juxtaposed. When it is released carelessly, there is a possibility that the enlarged lower plate 50 may touch the next pachinko machine 10 and be damaged.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rotation shaft (shaft support pin 57) of the lower plate 50 is parallel to a shaft (not shown) that pivotally supports the front frame 14 so as to open and close. Since it is disposed on the left side (front view), the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is enlarged, and the side wall member 55 is reduced even if the lower plate 50 contacts the pachinko machine 10 installed next As it can be rotated in the direction, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and the amount of protrusion of the side wall member 55 from the front face of the inner frame 12 increases largely as it separates from the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57). When the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 contacts the side wall member 55 due to the contact. The applied pressing force can be applied to the side wall member 55 (long side portion) in such a direction as to easily form a torque for rotating the side wall member 55 about the rotation axis. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be easily rotated in the reduction direction, and breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the side wall member 55 is formed by curving the long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X) having a substantially L shape in top view in a circular arc shape convex outward, the enlarged lower plate 50 is a front surface When the frame 14 is opened to contact the adjacent pachinko machine 10, the mating member is slid along the side wall member 55 (the outer peripheral surface of the long side portion), and both can be prevented from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Further, in the side wall member 55, the short side portion (the first piece 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape in top view is curved in an arc shape centering on the rotation shaft (the pivot pin 57) as described later. Since it is formed, when the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, it can be suppressed that the short side portion of the side wall member 55 contacts the other member. That is, it is possible to prevent the opposing member from contacting the short side portion of the side wall member 55 and inhibiting the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the reduction direction. As a result, damage to the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  In the present embodiment, the lower plate 50 (first divided body 551) is disposed at the same height position as the handle 51. Therefore, in the case where the distance (horizontal distance) between the rotation axis (axial support pin 57) and the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is smaller than the horizontal dimension of the first piece 551Y of the first divided body 551 When the front frame 14 is opened while the lower tray 50 is expanded, the enlarged lower tray 50 is brought into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10.

  In this case, since the handle 51 is formed in a spherical shape, when the enlarged lower plate 50 contacts the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 by opening the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 (first piece 551Y Sliding along the outer peripheral surface of the) to prevent both from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the reduction direction, and as a result, breakage of the lower plate 50 can be suppressed.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. FIG. 10A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and FIG. 10B is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the expanded state. 11 to 13 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 55 in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 10A, and FIGS. 14 to 16 are side wall members 55 in the direction of arrow B in FIG. It is a disassembled front perspective view of. 17 to 19 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 55 in a bottom view.

  The first divided body 551 and the second divided body 552 are illustrated in (a) and (b) of FIGS. 11, 14 and 17, respectively, in (a) and (b) of FIGS. 12, 15 and 18. The third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are the fifth divided body 555, the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh in FIGS. 13, 16 and 19 (a), (b) and (c). Dividers 557 are illustrated respectively.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and a plurality of (in this embodiment, 7) are overlapped along the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 57, see FIG. 9). (The first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557). Each divided body 551 to 557 is formed of a resin material in an overlapping shape (substantially the same shape) in top view.

  Specifically, in the side wall member 55, the uppermost layer is formed by the first divided body 551, and the second divided body 552 to the sixth side are formed on the lower surface of the first divided body 551 (surface on the back side in FIG. 10A). The lowermost layer is formed of the seventh divided bodies 557 arranged on the lower surface of the sixth divided body 556, in which the divided bodies 556 are arranged in order. The lowermost seventh divided body 557 is fastened and fixed to the side wall member 55 (see FIG. 9).

  As shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 19, the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 have axial support holes 551 a to 557 a formed at one end side to form a long side portion in a substantially L shape in top view It is formed of one piece 551X to 557X and second pieces 551Y to 557Y continuously connected to the other end side of the first pieces 551X to 557X to form a short side portion in a substantially L shape in top view.

  The first pieces 551X to 557X have a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage area is concave (that is, convex outward), and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a and have substantially the same diameter The top view shape (the shape of the axial support holes 551a to 557a in the axial direction) is curved and formed in an arc shape.

  By curving the first pieces 551X to 557X in an arc shape that is convex outward, not only the size of the storage area can be secured, but as described above, the front frame 14 is enlarged while the lower plate 50 is expanded. The lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be easily closed when it is opened and collides with the next pachinko machine 10 or the like. Further, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are curved in an arc shape centering on the pivotal support holes 551a to 557a, so that the overlapping state in the circumferential direction can be maintained in each state of enlargement and reduction of the side wall member 55, As will be described later, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 can be enhanced, and the bending by the weight of the ball can be suppressed.

  A protrusion which extends along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X and is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross-sectional shape on the upper surfaces of the second pieces 552 to 557X of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 552b-557b are arrange | positioned (refer FIGS. 11-16). On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first segments 551X to 556X of the first segment 551 to the sixth segment 556, the first segments 551X to 556X extend along the longitudinal direction of the first segments 551X to 556X and are recessed as concave grooves in cross section. Restriction grooves 551c to 556c are provided (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  When the divisions 551 to 557 are vertically superimposed, the protrusions 552 b to 557 b of the second division 552 to the seventh division 557 are the restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c of the first division 551 to the sixth division 556. The projections 552b to 557b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c when the divisions 551 to 556 are arranged (stored) and rotated around the pivot pins 57. The movable (rotational) range of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is defined (see FIG. 20).

  The protrusions 552b to 557b are formed in a circular arc shape in which the side to be the storage region is concave (that is, convex outward) by curving the top view shape (the shape in the axial direction of the axial support holes 552a to 557a). It is arrange | positioned by the attitude | position located in the storage area and the opposite side (outside side) as it goes to the 2nd piece 552Y-557Y from the support hole 552a-557a. That is, the protrusions 552b to 557b are extended in an inclined manner with respect to the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X.

  The pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are curved in a circular arc shape substantially the same as the upper surface shape of the protrusions 552b to 557b in the lower surface shape, and one inner wall surface is stored The other inner wall surface is disposed along the edge of the first piece 552X to 557X on the area side, and the other inner wall face is opposite to the storage area as it goes from the pivot support holes 551a to 556a to the second piece 551Y to 556Y Is disposed in a posture that is located on the That is, the groove widths of the restricting grooves 551 c to 556 c are gradually expanded as they go from the support holes 551 a to 556 a to the second pieces 551 Y to 556 Y.

  The second segments 552Y to 555Y of the second segment 552 to the fifth segment 557 are the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e connected in parallel to the first segments 552X to 555X, and the outer edge portion (shaft of the first horizontal portion 552e Elevated portions 552f to 555f erected along the axial direction of the axial support holes 552a to 555a from the edge on the side far from the support holes 552a to 555a and the erected portions of the erected portions 552f to 555f The second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extend in parallel with the first pieces 552X to 555X from the tip to the outside (in the direction away from the support holes 552a to 555a).

  The 6th division 556 and the 2nd piece 556Y of the 7th division 557 are the 1st horizontal part 556e and 557e which continue in parallel with the 1st piece 556Y and 557Y, and the outer edge part of the 1st horizontal part 556e and 557e It is provided with standing parts 556f and 557f which are provided to stand along the axial direction of the shaft support holes 556a and 557a from (the edge on the side where the distance from the shaft support hole 556a is far). That is, in the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, the second horizontal portion is omitted. In the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, an inclined surface 557f1 is formed on the side opposite to the side on which the lock piece 773 (see FIGS. 32 and 33) of the lock mechanism 77 described later is engaged. Ru.

  In the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the radius of the inner edge (the distance from the axis of the axial support holes 552a to 557a) is set to be the same, and the radius of the outer edge is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) The more you do, the smaller the value. Therefore, erected portions 552f to 557f erected from the outer edge portion of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e are closer to the inner edge portion side of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e as they are positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) (The side of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a). Further, the standing portions 552f to 557f are set to smaller values as the standing height is positioned on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side), and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g have a width dimension The distance between the inner edge and the outer edge) is set to a smaller value as it is located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side).

  Therefore, in the state where the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are vertically stacked, the one positioned closer to the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) is located closer to the storage area side (axial support holes 551a to 557a) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g in the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be superimposed on each other while the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are formed (see FIG. 21). By this superposition, as described later, the rigidity of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be improved. Moreover, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y.

  From the second divided body 552 to the second pieces 552Y to 554Y of the fourth divided body 554, L-shaped openings 552m to 554m in top view are formed in the second horizontal portions 552g to 554g, and Along with the formation of the openings 552m to 554m, engagement pieces 552n to 554n extending in the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 552Y to 554Y are formed. The engagement pieces 552n to 554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose front ends are free ends, and protrusions 552n to 551n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided to project from the top surface of the front ends.

  On the other hand, the first horizontal portions 555e and 556e of the fifth segments 552 and the second pieces 555Y of the sixth segment 556 have U-shaped openings 555m and 556m in top view, respectively. Along with the formation of the openings 555m and 556m, engagement pieces 555n and 556n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 555 and 556 are formed. The engagement pieces 555n and 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose front ends are free ends, and protrusions 555n1 and 556n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surfaces of the front ends.

  Further, on the upper surfaces of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e, restricting protrusions 556r and 557r are provided in a protruding manner on the second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, respectively. On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first horizontal portions 554e and 555e, engaging concave portions 554t and 555t are provided in the second segments 554Y and 555Y of the fourth segment 554 and the fifth segment 555, respectively.

  The engagement piece 552n (protrusion 552n1) of the second divided body 552 is formed to be engageable with the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 (see FIG. 24). The relative displacement of the second divided body 552 in one direction can be restricted, and the engagement with the engagement wall 551 j is released by the elastic deformation of the engagement piece 552 n, thereby achieving the relative displacement in one direction. It can be tolerated and the relative displacement in the other direction can be regulated (see FIG. 30).

  The engagement pieces 553n and 554n (protrusions 553n1 and 554n1) of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are formed engageable with the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. And the relative displacement of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 in one direction with respect to the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 can be restricted by such engagement, and the engaging pieces 553 n, 554 n By releasing the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m by the elastic deformation of the second part, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (see FIG. 28). .

  The engagement pieces 555n and 556n (protrusions 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth division 555 and the sixth division 556 are engageable with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth division 554 and the fifth division 555, respectively. With such engagement, relative displacement of the fifth division 555 and the sixth division 556 in one direction with respect to the fourth division 554 and the fifth division 555 can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 555 n, By disengaging the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by elastic deformation of 556n, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (FIG. 26). reference).

  That is, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n, etc. are portions functioning as defining means for defining the relative movement of the overlapping divided members 551 to 557, and the side wall member 55 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In some cases, it defines the order in which the rotation of each split body 551-557 is allowed. Thereby, as described later, the order of rotation of each of the divided members 551 to 557 can be fixed, and the form of enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the relationship between the first pieces 551X to 557X in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described.

  FIG. 20 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10 (a), and FIG. 20 (b) is a cross section taken along line XXb-XXb in FIG. 10 (b). FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 20 (a) and 20 (b), one mating surface (a second divided body) is formed on the joint surface of the first segments 551X to 557X of the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557. The projections 552b to 557b are projected on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the seventh divided body 557 (see FIGS. 11 to 16), and the other mating surface (the first divided body 551 to the first divided body 551 to 55). Restriction grooves 551c to 556c for receiving the protrusions 552b to 557b are recessed in the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the six-divided body 556 (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

  Therefore, in the state where the sidewall member 55 is pushed by the player and the storage area is reduced (see FIGS. 10A and 20A), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are in contact with one of the inner wall surfaces of the pair (the inner wall surface located on the opposite side to the storage area, the left side of FIG. Can be restricted from being displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction (right direction in FIG. 20A).

  Further, in a state where the side wall member 55 is pulled out by the player and the storage area is expanded (see FIGS. 10B and 20B), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are expanded because they are respectively in contact with the other inner wall surface (the inner wall surface located on the storage area side, the right side in FIG. 20B) of the pair of inner wall surfaces It is possible to restrict displacement (rotation) in the direction (left direction in FIG. 20 (b)).

  In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner walls of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are engaged with the vertically overlapping divided members 551 to 557, the side wall members 55 (in the expanded state and the contracted state) The rigidity as the whole structure which each division body 551-557 overlapped is securable. Therefore, it can suppress that the side wall member 55 bends with the weight of a ball | bowl.

  Further, the protruding portions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are respectively provided in a protruding or recessed manner on the mating surface (upper surface or lower surface) of the divided members 551 to 557 stacked vertically. That is, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are disposed using the mating surface (the internal space of each divided body 551) which becomes a dead space, the side wall member 55 can be miniaturized by that amount. Minutes, the capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the control grooves 551c to 556c are formed in the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the control grooves 551c to 556c. Can function effectively. That is, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are portions operated by the player (pushing operation and pulling out operation) when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operating force is used as the projecting portions 552b to 557b and the restriction groove 551c. The engagement of ~ 556c can be received directly. Therefore, it is possible to suppress separation of the divided bodies 551 to 557 by the operating force and to operate in a state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are integrally maintained, thereby improving the player's feeling of operation Can be

  Here, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are portions that are expanded in a step-like shape that protrudes outward toward the upper side (see FIG. 10B), they are easily bent by the weight of a ball. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed in the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the rigidity of the first pieces 551X to 557X Can be improved intensively. Therefore, in the state expanded to step shape, it can suppress bending by the weight of a ball | bowl.

  In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 557X (FIG. 11 to FIG. 19), securing the engagement area between the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner wall surface of the regulation grooves 551c to 556c, and improving the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) as a whole. Can be

  In particular, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restricting grooves 551c to 556c continuously extended as the convex streak and the concave groove are supported by the first end 551 (see FIG. 9). The direction of the load due to the player's operation or the weight of the ball is made orthogonal to the engagement region of the ridges and grooves (protrusions 552 b to 557 b and restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c). it can. Therefore, the bending of the side wall member 55 (first pieces 551 to 557) due to the load can be suppressed.

  Further, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c have the same shape in top view (in the axial direction of the pivot holes 551a to 557a), The projections 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c (inner wall surface) are formed by being curved in a convex arc shape toward the same direction as the pieces 551X to 557X (that is, the outer side opposite to the storage region). Can be maximized within the range (area) of the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex projections 552b to 557b and the inner wall surface of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be maximized, and as a result, the rigidity of the entire sidewall member 55 (first pieces 551X to 557X) can be improved. As a result, the load on the protrusions 552 b to 557 b and the restriction grooves 551 c to 556 c can be reduced, and the durability can be improved.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the relationship between the second segments 551Y to 557Y in the first division 551 to the seventh division 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along line XXI-XXI of FIG.

  As described above, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y of the divided members 551 to 557 are arc shapes having the same diameter centering on the pivot holes 551a to 557a (see FIG. 9). Since the divisions 551 to 557a are rotated about the pivot holes 551a to 557a, the loci of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 10). . Accordingly, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y always overlap, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structural body in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) can be secured, and bending with the weight of the ball can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 21, in this case, in the side wall member 55, the second portions 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 are the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e and their first horizontal portions 552e. As well as second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extending from the front ends of the erected portions 552f to 555f, and the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided portion The second pieces 556Y, 557Y of the body 557 are provided with first horizontal portions 556e, 557e and erected portions 556f, 557f erected from the first horizontal portions 556e, 557e, and these first horizontal portions 552e to 557e The standing portions 552f to 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are superimposed on each other.

  Therefore, even when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the weight of the spheres acting on the side wall members 55 (each divided body 551 to 557) can be overlapped with the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the standing portions 552f to The interaction between the 557 f and the second horizontal portions 552 g to 555 g can effectively support the movement, and as a result, the deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Specifically, in the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are vertically superimposed, and the standing portions 552f to 557f are in the left-right direction (FIG. Position where the extended end of each of the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g overlaps with the upright portion 556f in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 21) (the position at which the extended end of the upright portion 556f is placed) Extended to the

  Thus, in the state where the side wall member 55 is expanded (see FIG. 10B), when many balls are stored in the storage area, the side wall member 55 bends (falls down) (back side in FIG. 10). ) The first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the erected portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are displaced upward (that is, displacement in a direction to bend the side wall member 55 downward) Can be mutually regulated by those located above themselves. As a result, the downward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In addition, for loads in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the side wall members 55 are pushed outward, the left direction in FIG. 21) received from the stored balls, the standing portions 552 f to 557 f Such inclinations can be mutually restricted by those positioned outward from themselves, since they are inclined so as to be displaced outward (left side in FIG. 21). In particular, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are connected to the standing portions 552f to 557f, and when the standing portions 552f to 555f fall outward, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are lower than themselves. Where it is intended to push down the one located on the side, such push-down operation can be supported and regulated by the erected portions 552f to 557f. As a result, outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  Note that the second piece 551Y extends to a position where the sidewall portion 551h on the storage area side overlaps the first horizontal portion 552e in the top-bottom direction (a position where the lower end surface of the sidewall portion 551h is placed on the first horizontal portion 552e) A position (below the rib 551i) in which the rib 551i vertically superimposed from the part forming the upper surface of the second piece 551Y is superimposed on the standing portion 552f in the left-right direction and is provided. The end surface is extended to a position at which the end surface is placed on the second horizontal portion 552g. Thus, the side wall 551h and the rib 551i of the second piece 551Y interact with the first horizontal parts 552e to 557e, the standing parts 552f to 557f and the second horizontal parts 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. As described above, the downward and outward deflection of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In particular, as described above, the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 is disposed on the upper surface of the second piece 551Y (see FIGS. 7 and 8), and the sidewall member 55 receives the weight of the stored ball. When trying to fall downward, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (second piece 551Y) to suppress the floating of the second piece 551Y. Therefore, the side wall 551 h and the rib 551 i are provided on the second piece 551 Y, and the first horizontal portion 552 e and the second horizontal portion 552 g of the second piece 552 Y are formed to overlap vertically with each other. It is particularly effective for suppressing the deflection.

  In addition, as described above, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are disposed so as to overlap with each other, so that the second pieces 551Y to 557Y serve as guides even when the side wall member 55 is bent by the weight of a ball. Thus, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly shifted from the enlargement state to the reduction state. Therefore, the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction even when the front frame 14 is opened carelessly while the lower plate 50 in which the balls are stored remains in the expanded state. Damage can be suppressed.

  The standing portions 552f to 557f are disposed at intervals having a predetermined gap between adjacent ones on the left and right. Therefore, when the load in the horizontal direction (the direction to push the side wall member 55 outward) is applied to the side wall member 55, the standing portions 552f to 557f fall down, so that the gap between the adjacent ones Are filled and brought into contact with each other, so that the fall-down can be regulated by each other's actions, while the side wall members 55 (each divided member 551) are operated by the player in the direction to expand or reduce the storage area (lower plate 50). When .about.557) is rotated, the sliding resistance can be reduced by the gap between adjacent members, and the operability can be improved.

  Here, as the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are positioned on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 21), the width dimensions (the dimensions in the horizontal direction in FIG. 21) of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e are reduced. The width dimension of 555 g is increased. Thereby, even when the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the erected portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with the adjacent second pieces 552Y to 557Y, the entire second pieces 552Y to 557Y The width dimension (the dimension in the horizontal direction in FIG. 21) can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole while improving the rigidity of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y by overlapping. In addition, it is possible to suppress the extension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y outward, and to secure the space for arranging other members accordingly.

  In particular, since the formation of the second horizontal portion is omitted in the second pieces 556Y and 557Y located outward, the outward and downward deflection of the side wall member 55 is suppressed by the action of the standing portions 556f and 557f. The width dimension as the whole 2nd piece 552Y-557Y can be suppressed, maintaining the effect which aims at.

  Next, referring to FIG. 22 to FIG. 30, the order in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are displaced (rotated) when the side wall member 55 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is enlarged or reduced. Will be explained.

  Fig.22 (a) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a shrinking | reduction state, FIG.22 (b) to FIG.22 (d) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a 1st state to a 3rd state. FIGS. 23A and 23B are top views of the side wall member 55 in the fourth and fifth states, and FIG. 23C is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state.

  24 is a side sectional view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 25 to 29 are side sectional views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the fifth state, and FIG. 30 is an enlarged state. It is a sectional side view of the side wall member 55 in.

  In FIGS. 24 to 30, in order to facilitate understanding of the state of restriction or release of the relative displacement of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the divided bodies 551 n to 556 n can be visually recognized. A state in which .about.557 is cut at a plurality of planes is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 24, in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the second divided wall 551 j of the first divided body 551 is used. While the engagement piece 552n (protrusion 552n1) of the body 552 is engaged, the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 The engaging pieces 553 n and 554 n (protrusions 553 n 1 and 554 n 1) of 554 are engaged respectively.

  The engagement pieces 552n and 553n of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 are disposed on the lower surfaces thereof by the engagement pieces 553n and 554n of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554, respectively. The second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is disposed on the lower surface side of the engaging piece 554n of the four-divided body 554, whereby the lower side (that is, the direction in which the protruding portions 552n1, 553n1, 554n1 come out, FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, relative displacement of the second divided body 552, the third divided body 553, and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the first divided body 551, the second divided body 552, and the third divided body 553 ( Each rotation is regulated.

  In addition, the engagement pieces 555n and 556n (protrusions 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are provided on the inner wall surfaces of the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. Each is engaged.

  The engagement pieces 554 n and 555 n of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 are disposed on the lower surface side thereof by disposing the restriction protrusions 556 r and 557 r of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556, respectively. The elastic deformation to the lower side (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 554 n 1 and 555 n 1 come off, the lower side in FIG. 24) is restricted.

  Thereby, the relative displacement (rotation around the pivotal support pin 57) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 5564 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 is regulated, respectively.

  As described above, in the reduction state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are integrated. Body is formed.

  In this case, in the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556), as described later, the lock piece 773a of the lock mechanism 77 disposed in the first divided body 551 is the seventh divided body 557. By engaging with the standing portion 557f, the enlargement direction (the downward direction of FIG. 22 (a), FIG. 24 left) of the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557. Relative displacement (rotation) in the direction) is restricted (see FIG. 33 (a)). Further, as described above, relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. (See FIG. 20 (a)).

  Accordingly, the engagement between the lock piece 773a of the first divided body 551 and the erected portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 is released (see FIG. 33 (b)). Displacement (rotation) of the body (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the enlargement direction is possible.

  That is, in a state where the lock mechanism 77 is released, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the enlargement direction (downward in FIG. 22A, left in FIG. 24) by the player's operation. As shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the integral structure (each divided body 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 fixed to the bottom wall member 54 (see FIG. 9). It is displaced in the direction to form a first state.

  In the first state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 557b of the seventh divided body 557 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  As shown in FIG. 22B and FIG. 25, the structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) integral with the seventh divided body 557 is the lower side in FIG. In the state (first state) displaced (rotated) to the left side 25), the restricting projection 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is contracted from the lower surface of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 (right side in FIG. 25) Be evacuated to Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556, and the engagement piece 556n is moved downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 556n1 is disengaged from the engagement recess 555t, lower side in FIG. 25). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 22B, the lower side, 25), the fifth divided body 555 (first horizontal portion 555e) pushes down the projection 556n1 of the engaging piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 downward with the inner wall surface of the engaging recess 555t. While being displaced in the enlargement direction, the second wall is formed as shown in FIGS. 22C and 26 by the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 555t going over the projection 556n1.

  In the second state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 556b of the sixth divided body 556 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 555c of the fifth divided body 555. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the second state, the projection 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is in contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 555e of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 26 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 557r of the seventh divided body 557, and the contraction direction of the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the seventh divided body 557 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (c, right side of FIG. 26) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22 (c) and FIG. 26, the structure (first to fifth divided bodies 551 to 555) integral with the seventh divided body 557 and the sixth divided body 556 is in the enlargement direction (FIG. c) In the state (second state) displaced (rotated) downward (left side in FIG. 26), the restriction projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 It is evacuated in the direction (right side in FIG. 26). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 555n is directed downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 555n1 is disengaged from the engagement recess 554t, the lower side in FIG. 26). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIG. 22C and FIG. 26, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 22C lower side, FIG. 26), the fourth divided body 554 (first horizontal portion 554e) pushes the projection 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 downward with the inner wall surface of the engagement concave portion 554t. Meanwhile, the third state is formed as shown in FIGS. 22D and 27 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t passes over the protrusion 555n1.

  In the third state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 555b of the fifth divided body 555 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 554c of the fourth divided body 554. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the third state, the projection 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is in contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 554e of the fourth divided body 554, and the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 27 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 556r of the sixth divided body 556, and the contraction direction of the fifth divided body 555 with respect to the sixth divided body 556 ( The relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side of FIG. 22 (d) and the right side of FIG. 27 is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 22D and FIG. 27, a structure (first to fourth divided bodies 551 to 554) integral with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, and the fifth divided body 555 is used. The second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the fourth divided body 554 in a state (third state) displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (lower side in FIG. 22 (d) and left side in FIG. It is retracted from the lower surface of the joint piece 554 n in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 27). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554, and elasticity to the lower side of the engagement piece 554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 554n1 comes out of the opening 553m, the lower side in FIG. 27). It will be in the state which can be deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIG. 22D and FIG. 27, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (the lower side of FIG. 27), the third division 553 (second horizontal portion 553g) pushes down the projection 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth division 554 downward on the inner wall surface of the opening 553m. The fourth state is formed as illustrated in FIGS. 23A and 28 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 553m getting over the protrusion 554n1.

  In the fourth state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 554b of the fourth divided body 554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 553c of the third divided body 553. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the fourth state, the projection 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is in contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553 and the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 28 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, and the contraction direction of the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the fifth divided body 555 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (a) upper side, FIG. 28 right side) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 28, a structure integral with the seventh division 557, the sixth division 556, the fifth division 555, and the fourth division 554 (first to third divisions In a state (a fourth state) in which the bodies 551 to 553) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23A, the left side in FIG. 28), the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554 is the fourth state. From the lower surface of the engaging piece 553 n of the three-divided member 553, it is retracted in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 28). Thereby, a space is formed below the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, and the elasticity toward the lower side of the engagement piece 553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 553n1 comes out of the opening 552m, lower side in FIG. 28) It will be in the state which can be deformed.

  Therefore, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (the fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (the lower side of FIG. 23A, 28), the second divided body 552 (the second horizontal portion 552g) pushes down the projection 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553 at the inner wall surface of the opening 552m. The fifth state is formed as illustrated in FIGS. 23B and 29 by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 552 m going over the protrusion 553 n 1.

  In the fifth state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is engaged with the projection 553b of the third divided body 553 on the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 552c of the second divided body 552 Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)).

  In the fifth state, the projection 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is in contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 Is elastically deformed downward (FIG. 29 lower). Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554, and the contraction direction of the third divided body 553 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (b) upper side, FIG. 29 right) is restricted.

  As shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29, a structure that is integral with the seventh division 557, the sixth division 556, the fifth division 555, the fourth division 554, and the third division 553 ( In the state (fifth state) in which the first and second divided bodies 551 and 552 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the lower side in FIG. 23B and the left side in FIG. 29), the second The horizontal portion 553g is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 29). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 552n is moved downward (ie, in the direction in which the protrusion 552n1 is disengaged from the engagement wall 551j, the lower side in FIG. 29). It will be in the state in which elastic deformation is possible.

  Therefore, from the state (fifth state) shown in FIGS. 23B and 29, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the operation of the player (FIG. 23B, the lower side, 29), the first divided body 551 is displaced in the enlargement direction while pushing down the projection 552n1 of the engaging piece 552n of the second divided body 552 with the engaging wall 551j, and engaged When the wall 551 j passes over the protrusion 552 n 1, as shown in FIG. 23C and FIG. 30, an enlarged state is formed.

  In the enlarged state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is, as described above, that the projection 552b of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 551c of the first divided body 551. Are regulated (see FIG. 20 (b)). At the same time, the stopper portion 551S1 of the first divided body 551 abuts on the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction (see FIG. 8).

  Further, in the enlarged state, the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is in contact with the lower surface of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is downward (FIG. 30 lower side To be elastically deformed. Thereby, the tip end of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553 and the contraction direction of the second divided body 552 with respect to the third divided body 553 The relative displacement (rotation) to (FIG. 23 (c) upper side, FIG. 30 right) is restricted.

  The structure in which the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 with respect to the second divided body 552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 23C, right side in FIG. 30) is restricted in the enlarged state will be described later See 34).

  On the other hand, from the state (enlarged state) shown in FIG. 23C and FIG. 30, the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 23C, right side in FIG. 30). When the engagement wall 551j is displaced and passes through the projection 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the projection 552n1 by an elastic recovery force. Is returned to the state engaged with the That is, the fifth state shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29 is formed.

  From the state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 (fifth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 23B, right side in FIG. 29). And the opening 552m of the second divided body 552 (the second horizontal portion 552g) is disposed above the protrusion 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553, the engagement of the third divided body 553 is performed. The joint piece 553 n is returned to the state in which the projection 553 n 1 is engaged with the opening 552 m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the fourth state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 is formed.

  Similarly, from the state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 (the fourth state), the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the player's operation in the reduction direction (the upper side of FIG. 28) and the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t, 555t are disposed above the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 of the engagement pieces 554n to 556n, respectively. The engagement pieces 554 n to 556 n are sequentially restored to the state in which the protrusions 554 n 1 to 556 n 1 are engaged with the opening 553 m and the engagement recesses 554 t and 555 t by elastic recovery force. That is, the third state (see FIGS. 22D and 27), the second state (see FIGS. 22C and 26), and the first state (FIGS. 22B and 25) are sequentially formed. .

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 25, the engagement between the engagement piece 556 n of the sixth divided body 556 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 557 r of the seventh divided body 557 is released, By the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) being displaced in the reduction direction by the operation of the player, the reduced state shown in FIGS. 22 (a) and 24 is formed.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, the lock structure for keeping the lower plate 50 in the contracted state will be described.

  FIG. 31 is an exploded front perspective view of the first divided body 551. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 31, the first divided body 551 closes the open surface corresponding to the outer shell member 551S formed in a U-shaped cross section whose lower surface is opened and the first piece 551X of the outer shell member 551S. Bottom wall member 551U, and a lock mechanism 77 disposed in an internal space formed between the outer shell member 551S and the bottom wall member 551U.

  An opening 551S1 is opened on the upper surface of the outer shell 551S, and a stopper 551S2 is protruded. Further, on the upper surface of the bottom wall member 551U, a pair of pivot support portions 551U1 is disposed. The opening 551S1 is an opening through which the pressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 is inserted to allow the player to perform the pressing operation, and the stopper 551S2 is in contact with the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 to be the first It is a wall part for controlling the displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction of division 551. The shaft support 551U1 is a portion for rotatably supporting the shaft 772 of the lock mechanism 77.

  Here, since the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is a portion located on the foremost side in the enlarged state (refer to FIG. 8), the front frame 14 is carelessly kept with the lower plate 50 enlarged. If it is opened, it is likely to contact the next pachinko machine 10 and be damaged. In this case, in the present embodiment, the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is formed in a box shape in which the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S is closed by the bottom wall member 551U and rigidity is enhanced. It can prevent damage. In addition, when the player operates the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) in the enlargement direction or the reduction direction, the first divided body 551 becomes a portion to be pushed and pulled, and thus such a portion (first division) It is particularly effective that the rigidity of the first piece 551X) of the body 551 is increased.

  On the other hand, since the bottom wall member 551U is not disposed on the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S, and the second piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is in the form of a box whose lower surface is open (see FIG. 17A). The second pieces 552Y to 557Y of the second to seventh divided members 552 to 557 can be received from the lower surface of the box shape and accommodated in the inner space (see FIG. 21). Thus, the side wall member 55 (the lower plate 50) can be miniaturized.

  The lock mechanism 77 includes a base 771 disposed in the first piece 551X, and a pair of shafts 772 projecting from both side surfaces of the base 771 and rotatably supported by the pivot portion 551U1 of the bottom wall member 551U. The lock 773 has a tip extending from the shaft 772 forming side of the base 771 and the tip end is disposed in the second piece 551Y, and a pressing operation portion 774 projecting from the upper surface on the base end 771 side. Prepare.

  The lock mechanism 77 is biased in a rotational direction in which the lock piece 773 is lowered and the push-down operation portion 774 is lifted by the biasing force of a biasing spring (in the present embodiment, a torsion coil spring) not shown. The lock piece 773 can be raised by the player pressing the pressing operation portion 774 projected from the opening 551S1 of the outer shell member 551S. In addition, when the player's pressing operation is released, it is possible to return to the initial state (the state in which the lock piece 773 is lowered) by the biasing force of the biasing spring.

  FIG. 32 is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. 33 (a) and 33 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of the arrow XXXIII in FIG. In FIG. 33A, the state before the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed is illustrated, and in FIG. 33B, the state in which the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33 (a), in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized, see FIGS. 22 (a) and 24), and the pressing operation is performed. In the state where the player 774 does not push down the portion 774, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) engages the engagement surface 773a with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. Placed in a position to face the

  That is, the engaging surface 773a of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (locking mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, whereby the integral structure described above ( The first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIGS. 32 and 33A) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (that is, the first state from the contracted state) Transition to FIG. 22 (b) and FIG. 25) can be regulated.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), in the reduction state, when the pressing operation unit 774 is pressed by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is lifted, By raising, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 is not facing the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. That is, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) passes above the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, and can be displaced in the enlargement direction. Therefore, it becomes possible to displace (rotate) the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 in the enlargement direction (the left direction in FIG. 33B). As a result, it is possible to make a transition from the reduction state to the first state (see FIGS. 22 (b) and 25).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are operated unless the depression operation unit 774 is operated by the player. Since the engagement can be maintained, it is possible to suppress the careless expansion of the lower plate 50, for example, during conveyance of the pachinko machine 10 or when the front frame 14 is opened. As a result, damage to the lower plate 50 and surrounding members can be suppressed at the time of transportation or at the time of the opening operation of the front frame 14.

  Further, the restriction of the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 is that, as described above, the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is expanded relative to the seventh divided body 557 Regulating displacement in the direction. That is, only the first displacement in the expansion direction (transition from the reduction state to the first state) is restricted, and no restriction is imposed on the subsequent displacement (transition from the first state to each state in the expansion state) (Refer FIG. 22-FIG. 30).

  Thereby, it is possible to suppress the side wall member 55 from being carelessly expanded at the time of conveyance, while releasing the restriction on the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expansion direction by the lock mechanism 77 to perform the first displacement. After that, since it is not necessary to depress the depressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 for the subsequent displacement, the operability of the player when adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  Here, from the state shown in FIG. 33 (b), the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is enlarged relative to the seventh divided body 557 (left direction in FIG. 33 (b)) After being displaced (rotated) into the first state (see FIG. 22B and FIG. 25), the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b The inclined surface 557f1 of the standing portion 557f of the seven-divided body 557 is faced.

  Therefore, when making the transition from the first state to the reduction state, the player displaces the integral structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the reduction direction, whereby the inclined surfaces 773b and 557f1 are mutually exchanged. As a result, the lock piece 773 can be raised to pass above the standing portion 557f. That is, since the operation of the pressing operation unit 773 can be omitted, the operability of the player at the time of forming the reduction state can be improved.

  FIG. 34 (a) is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state, in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. FIG. 34 (b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of the arrow XXXIVb in FIG. 34 (a). In FIG. 34 (b), a state in which the pressing operation unit 774 is not pressed is illustrated.

  As shown in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b), it is in the enlarged state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pulled out and the storage area is maximized, see FIGS. 23 (c) and 30) The lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b in a state where the pushing operation portion 774 is not operated by the player. It is arrange | positioned in the position made to face the side (end surface) of 552g.

  That is, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, thereby the first divided body Changing (rotating) 551 in the reduction direction (the right direction in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 552 (that is, transition from the enlargement state to the fifth state); (B) and FIG. 29) can be regulated.

  Thereby, the side wall member 55 (the lower plate 50) can be prevented from being inadvertently reduced from the enlarged state. In addition, since the lock mechanism 77 (lock piece 773) doubles as a means for prohibiting the expansion from the reduction state and a means for prohibiting the reduction from the expansion state, the number of parts is reduced accordingly, and the product cost is reduced. Can be reduced.

  In this case, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 773 b of the lock piece 773 of the lock mechanism 77 is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552 g of the second divided body 552. The displacement (rotation) is restricted in the reduction direction (the right direction in FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. Therefore, even in the state where the pressing operation unit 773 is not pressed, the first divided body 551 is in the reduction direction (right side in FIGS. 34 (a) and 34 (b)) with respect to the second divided body 552. If it is displaced by a force higher than the reference, the lock piece 773 can be raised against the biasing force of the biasing spring by the action of the inclined surface 773, and the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g can be overcome. .

  That is, if the force is less than the reference, the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g is not released even if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552, The side wall member 55 can be maintained in the expanded state, and it can be suppressed that it is inadvertently contracted (transitioned to the fifth state). On the other hand, when the first divided body 551 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the second divided body 552 with a force exceeding the reference, the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion do not need to be depressed. The engagement with the 552 g can be released, and the transition from the enlargement state to the fifth state can be made, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In particular, as described above, the configuration is such that the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g can be released and the transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state can be made without depressing the push operation portion 773. Since the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the reduction direction even if the front frame 14 is inadvertently released while the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state (expanded state), the breakage thereof It is particularly effective in suppressing

  As described above, according to the lower plate 50 of the present embodiment, the defining means (for example, the engaging portions 552 n to 556 n, and the engaging portions 552 n to 556 n) which define the relative displacement of the divided members 551 to 557 to be overlapped. Engaging wall 551 j, openings 552 m, 553 m, engaging concave portions 554 e, 555 e, locking mechanism 77, etc.) to be engaged, and the side wall members 55 (division bodies 551 to 557) are stored by the player's operation. In the case of displacement (rotation) in the direction of expanding or contracting the area, the defining means can define the order in which the relative movement of the overlapping segments 551 to 557 is permitted. Thereby, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 becomes constant, and enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

  In this case, in the present embodiment, when the side wall members 55 (segments 551 to 557) are displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction, the relative movement of the segments 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other is determined on the lower side. Since it is permitted in order from the division body of, it is possible to quickly expand the size of the storage area.

  That is, if the relative movement in the enlargement direction is permitted in order from the lower divided body, the divided bodies superposed on the upper side of the divided bodies allowed relative movement are also integrally displaced in the enlargement direction Since (rotation) can be made, it is possible to speed up the expansion of the size of the storage area as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body.

  For example, in the enlargement from the reduced state (see FIGS. 22A and 24) to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25), the seventh divided body 557 is fixed, and the first divided bodies 551 to 551 are fixed. Since the sixth divided body 556 is simultaneously displaced in the expanding direction as an integral structure, for example, the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 are fixed, and only the first divided body 551 is displaced in the expanding direction. Compared with the above, even if the operation amount of the player in the enlargement direction is the same, the enlargement amount of the size of the storage area for the operation can be increased. As a result, the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the side wall members 55 (segments 551 to 557) are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction, the relative movement of the segments 551 to 557 stacked one on top of the other is on the upper side. Since the divisions are permitted in order, displacement (rotation) of the divisions 551 to 557 can be smoothly performed according to the state of the spheres stored in the storage member.

  For example, in the configuration in which relative movement in the reduction direction is permitted in order from the lower divided body, if the sphere is stored to a predetermined height position in the storage area, it is below the predetermined height position. It is necessary to displace (rotate) the segment located in the shrinking direction while flowing (preventing) the stored sphere, and the operation of the segment is inhibited.

  Specifically, for example, when the ball is stored to the height position of the fourth divided body 554 in the enlarged state (see FIG. 23C and FIG. 30), the side wall member 55 (the divided bodies 551 to 557) When the sixth division 556 is displaced in the reduction direction with respect to the seventh division 557 in order to displace (rotate) in the reduction direction (when transitioning from the enlargement state to the fifth state, as shown in FIG. In b) and FIG. 29), it is necessary to displace the fourth divided body 554 to the sixth divided body 556 while flowing (pushing away) the sphere, and the flow resistance inhibits the operation.

  On the other hand, if the relative movement is permitted in order from the upper divided body, each divided body is smoothly displaced without being blocked by the ball until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage area. To reduce the size of the reservoir area. In the above example, when the first divided body 551 to the third divided body 553 are displaced in the reduction direction (that is, until the transition from the enlarged state to the fourth state, FIGS. 23A to 23C and FIGS. 28 to 27) can be smoothly displaced in the reduction direction without being hampered by the sphere.

  In addition, when the split body is displaced to a position that interferes with the sphere, after that (that is, from the fourth state, see FIGS. 23A and 27), the sphere is inhibited by the displacement of the split body. Can interfere with the player (that is, the storage area is reduced to the required size) by making the player aware of the increase in the operating force. Therefore, the player can interrupt the operation without visually recognizing the state of the lower plate 50. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be smoothly performed according to the state of the ball stored in the storage area, and the operability of the player can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 protruding from the upper surface of the tip, and the divided bodies overlapped on the upper side (the first divided bodies 551 to By engaging the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 with the five-divided body 555), it is possible for the divided body (third divided body 553 to the seventh divided body 557) to be overlapped on the lower side. Since the elastic pieces are engaged to be engaged, it is possible to combine the function of restricting the relative displacement in the expansion direction with the function of restricting the relative displacement in the reduction direction to each of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n. That is, it is not necessary to separately provide an engagement piece for regulating relative displacement in the expansion direction and an engagement piece for regulating relative displacement in the reduction direction. As a result, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Further, since the opening area of the opening for forming the engagement piece can be reduced, the rigidity of each of the divided bodies 552 to 556 can be improved accordingly.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed in the second pieces 552Y to 556Y which are curved in an arc shape centering on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (shaft support pin 57). Therefore, the space for arranging the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be secured along the circumferential direction of the second pieces 552Y to 556Y. Therefore, the engaging pieces 552n to 556n can be increased in size, and the rigidity thereof can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and to improve the durability.

  Next, the lower tray 2050 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. First, the entire configuration of the lower tray 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38. FIG.

  FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state in the second embodiment, and FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in the enlarged state. FIG. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower tray 2050, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the inner wall member 2056. Note that FIG. 37 illustrates the disassembled state of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state. The same parts as those of the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 35 to 38, the lower plate 2050 includes a bottom wall member 2054 forming the bottom of the storage area, and a side wall member 2055 and an inner wall member erected from the bottom wall member 2054 to form the side of the storage area. 2056, and a support pin 2057 and a support plate 2058 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 2055 on the bottom wall member 2054.

  The bottom wall member 2054 has a ball removing hole 2054a which is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and a ball removing lever 2054b operated by a player when the ball removing hole 2054a is opened. Equipped with The ball removal hole 2054a is disposed on the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 2050 (opposite to the discharge outlet 23, see FIG. 6) in top view of the bottom wall member 2054, and the top surface of the bottom wall member 2054 is It is formed in the form inclined downward from the four sides toward the ball removal hole 2054a.

  Here, in the configuration in which the ball release lever 2054a is disposed in front of the lower plate 2050, when the lower plate 2050 is in the enlarged state, it is hidden by the divided members 2551 to 2554 projected to the front side, The player can not visually recognize the pullout lever 2054a, and the split members 2551 to 2554 projected to the front inhibit the hand to reach the ball pullout lever 2054a. Therefore, the operability is deteriorated.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball removing lever 2054 a is disposed on the side surface of the lower plate 2050 on the right side in a front view. Thus, even when the lower plate 2050 is in the enlarged state, the ball extraction lever 2054a can be prevented from being hidden by the divided members 2551 to 2554 extended to the front side. Therefore, the player can always visually recognize the lower tray 2050 without enlarging the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the operability can be improved.

  Further, the ball removing lever 2054a is biased to the front side (player side) by a biasing spring (not shown), and is pushed to the opposite side (inner frame 12 side) with the biasing direction, thereby removing the ball removing hole 2054a. Let open. In this case, the ball pulling lever 2054a is disposed on the left in the front view of the operation handle 51 (see FIG. 47) and at substantially the same height position. Thus, the player can easily push in the ball extraction lever 2054a by using the finger (for example, the right thumb) unnecessary for the operation of the operation handle 51 while operating the operation handle 51 with the right hand. Can. As a result, the operability of the ball pulling lever 2054a can be improved.

  The side wall member 2055 includes a plurality of (four in the present embodiment) divided bodies (the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, see FIGS. 39 to 42) in the axial direction of the rotation shaft (axial support pin 2057) It is formed by overlapping along the Each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 forms a step shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side is rotated when the pivoting pin 2057 is rotated as a rotation center, and the storage region of the lower plate 2050 is formed. To expand. Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the ball-opening holes 2054 a in the bottom wall member 2054 can be secured.

  Further, the side wall member 2055 is expanded in a step-like shape by being largely displaced outward as the divided body on the upper layer side (see FIG. 36). Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the storage area can be expanded without narrowing the distance between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening, and as a result, The player's hand can be easily inserted into the lower plate 2050. In other words, the size of the upper plate 17 can be increased accordingly.

  The inner wall member 2056 includes an upper wall portion 2056 a fixed to the bottom wall member 2054 and a wall measuring portion 2056 b depending from the edge of the upper wall portion 2056 a. The upper wall portion 2056a and the side wall portion 2056b are respectively disposed on the upper surface side and the inner side (storage region side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L-shaped upper surface view of the side wall member 2055. Thus, the bottom wall member 2054 and the inner wall member 2056 surround the short side portion of the side wall member 2055 in a substantially L shape in a top view.

  The inner wall member 2056 forms a part of the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 2050 by the side wall portion 2056 b as in the first embodiment. That is, the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 2050, in the contracted state, the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first pieces 2551X to 2554X) of the substantially L shape in top view of the side wall member 2055, and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall In the enlarged state, a short side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) of a substantially L-shaped top view of the side wall member 2055 is added to the side wall 2055b).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 (side wall 2056a) forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. The side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) is accommodated in the inner wall member 2056, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 36, the substantially L-shaped short side portion of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is protruded from inside the inner wall member 2056 A portion of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by both the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551 Y to 557 Y) and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056 a). Thus, as in the first embodiment, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is shortened, and the space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion is reduced accordingly. It can be suppressed.

  A restricting portion 2056c is provided on the lower surface on one end side (the enlargement direction side) of the upper surface wall 2056a of the inner wall member 2056, and the restricting portion 2056c is a short side portion of the side wall member 2055 having a substantially L shape in top view It overlaps with the upper surface of two pieces 2551Y). Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 that has received the weight of the ball tries to fall downward, the restricting portion 2056c can press the upper surface of the side wall member 2055 (short side portion) to suppress the floating thereof. It is possible to suppress the falling down.

  Further, since the restricting portion 2056c can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the side wall member 2055, the restricting portion 2056c restricts the rotation of the side wall member 2055 in the enlargement direction and can hold the side wall member 2055 in the extended position (see FIG. . That is, the restricting portion 2056c supports not only the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (the second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 to suppress the bending but also the expanding direction of the divided members 2551 to 2554. Since it also serves as a stopper for restricting the rotation of the motor, it is possible to reduce the number of parts and to reduce the product cost.

  The rotation shaft (shaft support pin 2057) of the lower tray 2050 is disposed parallel to the shaft (not shown) that pivotally supports the front frame 14 so as to be able to open and close, and is disposed on the same side (left side in front view) in the width direction. Therefore, even if the lower frame 20 is opened while the lower plate 2050 is expanded and the lower plate 2050 contacts the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated in the reduction direction. Damage to the lower plate 2050 can be suppressed.

  Here, in the bottom wall member 2054, the protrusion 2555 b is on the upper surface of the area where the first piece 2554 X of the fourth divided body 2554 is overlapped in the contracted state, and the pair of upper surface of the area where the second piece 2554 Y is overlapped. The rail portion 2555w and the restriction projection 2555r are respectively provided in a protruding manner.

  The protrusion 2555 b is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross section, and is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2554 c of the fourth divided body 2554. When the fourth divided body 2552 is rotated about the pivotal support pin 2057, the protrusion 2555b abuts against the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c, whereby the fourth divided body 2554 can move relative to the bottom wall member 2054. The (rotation) range can be defined.

  In the state where the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity of the entire side wall member 2055 is improved by fitting the rail portion 2555w between the facing of the pair of side walls of the second piece 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 (See FIG. 43). When the engagement piece 2554 n of the fourth divided body 2554 is elastically deformed, the restriction projection 2555 r abuts on the tip of the engagement piece 2554 n, thereby displacing the fourth divided body 2554 in the reduction direction (rotation ) (See FIG. 45).

  In the bottom wall member 2054, restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 are formed on the side of the rail portion 2555w (opposite to the storage area), and the inner wall member 2056 is a latch wall from the lower surface of the upper wall portion 2056a An engaging portion 2555p is formed. The restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 overhang the side surfaces of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 when the side wall member 2055 is expanded. It is in contact with the upper surface of the walls 2522z to 2554z, and restricts upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the falling of the side wall member 2054 downward (see FIG. 43).

  The latch engagement portion 2555p is formed as a concave portion engaged with the latch portion 2551p which protrudes from the side of the first divided body 2551. When the side wall member 2055 is contracted, the latch portion 2551p of the first divided body 2551 is engaged with the latch engaging portion 2555p, whereby the relative movement of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the inner wall member 2056 is restricted. . That is, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (the first divided body 2551) in the enlargement direction can be restricted.

  Next, the detailed configuration of the lower tray 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 46. 39 and 40 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 2055, and FIGS. 41 and 42 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 2055.

  The first divided body 2551 is shown in FIGS. 39 (a) and 41 (a), and the second divided body 2552 is shown in FIGS. 39 (b) and 41 (b). The third divided body 2553 is illustrated in (a), and the fourth divided body 2554 is illustrated in FIGS. 40 (b) and 42 (b).

  Here, in the present embodiment, the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed in the same shape (that is, as common parts). Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced. However, for convenience of explanation, different names and reference numerals will be given to each configuration of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554.

  As shown in FIG. 39 to FIG. 42, the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are provided with a long side portion having a substantially L-shaped top view in a manner that a shaft support hole 2551a to 2554a is drilled on one end side. It is formed of one piece 2551X to 2554X, and second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y continuously connected to the other end side of the first piece 2551X to 2554X and forming a short side portion in a substantially L shape in top view.

  The first pieces 2551X to 2557X have a substantially U shape in which the side to be the storage area is concave (that is, convex outward), and the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y are centered on the bearing holes 2551a to 2554a and substantially A top view shape (shape in the axial direction of the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a) is formed in an arc shape having the same diameter.

  The first piece 2551X to 2554X is formed in a substantially U-shape bent outward to not only ensure the size of the storage area, but also to form a linear portion, so that the side wall is formed. When enlarging or reducing the member 2055 (first piece 2551X) by the operation of the player, the linear portion can be easily grasped by hand, and the side wall member 2055 (first piece 2551X) can be pushed or pulled out the most The operability of the device can be improved.

  A protrusion which extends along the longitudinal direction of the first piece 2552X to 2554X and is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross-sectional shape on the upper surface of the first piece 2552X to 2554X of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 2552b to 2554b are provided (see FIGS. 39 and 40). On the other hand, on the lower surface of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, they are extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and are recessed as concave grooves having a concave cross section. Regulating grooves 2551c to 2554c are provided (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

  When the divisions 2551 to 2554 are vertically stacked, the projections 2552 b to 2554 b of the second division 2552 to the fourth division 2255 are in the restriction grooves 2551 c to 2553 c of the first division 2551 to the third division 2553. The protrusion 2555b (see FIG. 37) of the bottom wall member 2054 is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2551c of the fourth divided member 2553. Thus, when the divided members 2551 to 2554 are rotated about the pivot pin 2057, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b are abutted against the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, whereby the divided members 2551 are separated. A movable (rotational) range of 2554 is defined.

  The pair of opposed inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551 c to 2554 c are formed in the same shape as the protrusions 2552 b to 2555 b in the lower surface view, and one of the inner wall surfaces is the first on the storage region side The other inner wall surface is disposed on the opposite side (outward side) to the storage area as it goes from the axial support holes 2551a to 2554a to the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y along with the edges of the pieces 2552X to 2554X. To be placed in That is, the groove widths of the restricting grooves 2551 c to 2554 c are gradually expanded as going from the shaft support holes 2551 a to 2554 a to the second pieces 2551 Y to 2554 Y.

  In the second piece 2551Y of the first divided body 2551, an opening 2551m having a rectangular shape in a front view is formed on the lower surface, and a latch portion 2551p is disposed on the side so as to be able to protrude and retract. The latch portion 2551p is biased in the projecting direction by a biasing spring, and is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056 in the contracted state of the side wall member 2055. When the side wall member 2055 (the first divided body 2551) in the contracted state is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the operation of the player, the latch portion 2551p is sunk into the first divided body 2551, and the latch engaging portion 2555p The engagement with is released.

  An opening 2552m to 2554m having a rectangular shape in a front view is formed in the second segments 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and a position corresponding to the opening 2552m to 2554m (upper surface In the overlapping position in the view), engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are formed in a manner raised from the upper surface.

  The engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n are formed as cantilever cantilevered pieces whose free ends are at the free end, and are raised from the openings 2552m to 2554m toward the upper surface, and the upper surface of the free ends has a semicircular cross section. The projections 2552 n 1 to 2 554 n 1 of the Also, rib-shaped ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 are suspended from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n.

  A pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w are erected from the upper surface on the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are horizontally formed projecting from the side surface Be done.

  The distance between the outer surfaces of the pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w is set to a size equal to or slightly smaller than the distance between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2553Y of the first divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553 Be done. Therefore, when the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped, the rigidity as the entire sidewall member 2055 is improved by fitting the rail portions 2552w to 2554w between the facing of the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. (See FIG. 43).

  The overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z respectively face the lower surfaces of the regulating walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the regulating wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is expanded, thereby causing the overhanging. The upward movement of the walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted (see FIG. 43).

  The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (protrusions 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed engageable with the openings 2551m to 2553m of the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 And the relative displacement in one direction of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 from the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 can be restricted by such engagement, and the engaging pieces 553 n, 554 n By releasing the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m by the elastic deformation of the two, it is possible to allow relative displacement in one direction and to regulate relative displacement in the other direction (FIGS. 45 and FIG. 45). 46).

  That is, the engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n, etc., are portions functioning as defining means for defining the relative movement of the superposed divided members 2551 to 2554, and the side wall member 2055 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In some cases, it defines the order in which the rotation of each segment 2551-2554 is allowed. Thereby, as described later, the order of rotation of each of the divided members 2551 to 2554 can be fixed, and the form of enlargement or reduction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIG. 44).

  Next, with reference to FIG. 43, the relationship between the first segments 2551 to the second segments 2551Y to 2554Y in the fourth segment 2554 of the side wall member 2055 will be described. FIG. 43 is a rear perspective view of the lower tray 2050 in an enlarged state, in which the inner wall member 2056 is removed.

  As described above, in the side wall member 2055, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the divided members 2551 to 2554 have an arc shape with the same diameter centering on the pivot holes 2551a to 2554a (see FIG. 37). Therefore, when the divided members 2551 to 2554Y are rotated about the pivot holes 2551a to 2554a, the loci of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y can be made to coincide with each other (see FIG. 44). . Accordingly, since the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y always overlap, the rigidity of the side wall member 2055 (the structure in which the divided members 2551 to 2554 are overlapped) can be secured, and bending with the weight of a ball can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 43, in this case, the side wall member 2055 is the second between the opposing surfaces of the pair of side walls in the second piece 2551Y to 2554Y of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 from the lower surface side. The rail portions 2552 w to 2554 w and the rail portions 2555 w of the bottom wall member 2054 in the second pieces 2552 Y to 2554 Y of the divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are fitted and overlapped with each other.

  Therefore, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y fall outward due to the load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the side wall members 2055 are pushed outward) received from the stored balls. By fitting the rail portions 2552 w to 2555 w into the space between the pair of side walls facing each other, it is possible to regulate each other. In particular, in the present embodiment, since the lowermost rail portion 2555w is erected from the bottom wall member 2054, the falling of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is performed using the rigidity of the side wall member 2055. , Can be firmly supported.

  In the side wall member 2055, overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z are formed so as to project from the side of the second segments 2551 to 2554Y of the second segment 2552 to the fourth segment 2554, and in the enlarged state, the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z The upper surface of the lower wall member 2054 is abuttably opposed to the restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction wall 2555k3 (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056.

  Here, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage area in the expanded state, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are extended in a step shape bends in a direction to cause the first pieces 2551X to 2554X side to fall downward. Since there is a possibility that the upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z can be restricted by the restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 according to the present embodiment, the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y in each divided body 2552 to 2554 are upwards. It can suppress rising. As a result, the falling of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

  In this case, the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056 is in contact with the upper surface of the second piece 2551 of the first divided body 2551 (see FIGS. 36 and 38). The upward floating of the two pieces 2551Y can be suppressed. Therefore, this also makes it possible to suppress the falling of the side wall member 55 downward.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 44 to 46, the order in which the divisions 2551 to 2554 are displaced (rotated) when the side wall member 2055 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower tray 2050 is expanded or contracted. Will be explained.

  44 (a) is a top view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIG. 44 (b) to FIG. 44 (d) are top views of the lower tray 2050 from the first state to the third state, 44 (e) is a top view of the lower tray 2050 in an enlarged state.

  45 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 45 (b) and 45 (c) are side sectional views of the lower tray 2050 in the first state and the second state. It is. FIG. 46 (a) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the third state, and FIG. 46 (b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the enlarged state.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a), the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553 are in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized). The engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (protrusions 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are engaged with the inner wall surfaces of the openings 2551m to 2553m, respectively.

  The engagement pieces 2552n and 2553n of the second divided body 2552 and the third divided body 2553 are arranged with the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n of the third divided body 2553 and the fourth divided body 2554 on the lower surface side. The engagement pieces 2554 n of the four-divided body 2554 are disposed at the lower side (that is, in the direction in which the projections 2552 n 1 2553 n 1 2554 n 1 come out, as shown in FIG. a) Downward elastic deformation is restricted.

  In addition, the elastic deformation to the downward direction is regulated by the ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 hanging down from the lower surface of the engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n being in contact with the upper surfaces of the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n or the regulation protrusion 2555r. Be done.

  Thereby, relative displacement of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 (centering on the pivot pin 2057 Each rotation is regulated. That is, in the reduction state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is restricted, and a structure in which the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are integrated is formed. Be done.

  In this case, the integral structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) has the inner wall of the latch portion 2551p (see FIG. 39A) disposed in the first divided body 2551 as described above. By being engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the member 2056, the enlargement direction (FIG. 44 (a) of the integral structure (first to fourth divided members 2551 to 2554) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 (FIG. ) The relative displacement (rotation) in the downward direction and in the left direction of FIG. 45 (a) is restricted. Further, relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2555 b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2556 c of the fourth divided member 2554.

  Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (the integrated structure of the first to fourth divided members 2551 to 2554) is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the operation of the player, and the first divided member 2551 is moved by the operation force. Engagement of the latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 with the latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 is released, and the displacement (the first to Rotation) is possible. Thereby, the first state shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b) is formed.

  In the first state, relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided member 2554. (Refer FIG.37 and FIG.42 (b)).

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), in the first state, the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (FIG. (B) Evacuate to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the lower side of the engagement piece 2554n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2554n1 comes out of the opening 2553m, lower side in FIG. 45B). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged in the downward direction (FIG. 44 (b)) by the player's operation. Side (left side of FIG. 45B), the third divided body 2553 pushes the protrusion 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 downward with the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m, The second state is formed as illustrated in FIG. 44C and FIG. 45C by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m getting over the protrusion 2554n1.

  In the second state, relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction is restricted by the engagement of the protrusion 2554b of the fourth divided body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2553c of the third divided body 2553. (See FIG. 40 (b) and FIG. 42 (a)).

  In the second state, the projection 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2553Y of the third divided body 2553 and the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is It is in a state of being elastically deformed downward (FIG. 45 (c) lower side). Thus, the end (the end face of the rib 2554 n 2) of the engagement piece 2554 n of the fourth divided body 2554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555 r of the bottom wall member 2054, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 The relative displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (c), right side in FIG. 45) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c), in the second state, the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (see FIG. 45 (c) to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 and below the engagement piece 2553n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2553n1 is disengaged from the opening 2552m, the lower side in FIG. 45C). It will be in the state which can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the player's operation in the downward direction (FIG. 44C). When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the side and the left side in FIG. 45C, the second divided body 2552 pushes down the projection 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 at the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m. The third state is formed as illustrated in FIG. 44 (d) and FIG. 46 (a) by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m passing over the protrusion 2553n1.

  In the third state, relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is restricted by the projection 2553b of the third divided body 2553 being engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2552c of the second divided body 2552. (See FIGS. 40 (a) and 41 (b)).

  In the third state, the projection 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the second divided body 2552, and the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is It is in a state of being elastically deformed downward (FIG. 46 (a) lower side). Thereby, the end (the end face of the rib 2553r) of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is engaged with the rear end face of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the third divided body for the fourth divided body 2554 The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2553 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44 (d), right side in FIG. 46 (a)) is restricted.

  As shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), in the third state, the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is contracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 (see FIG. 46 (a) to the right). Thus, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, and the downward direction of the engagement piece 2552n (that is, the direction in which the projection 2552n1 comes out of the opening 2551m, the lower side of FIG. 46A). ) Can be elastically deformed.

  Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is enlarged by the player's operation in the downward direction (FIG. 44D). When the first divided body 2551 is displaced to the side (FIG. 46 (a) left side), the projection 2552n1 of the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2551 is pushed downward at the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m. By being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2551 m getting over the projection 1551 n 1, an enlargement state is formed as shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 28 at 46 (b).

  In the enlarged state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expanding direction is restricted by the engagement of the projection 2552b of the second divided body 2552 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2551c of the first divided body 2551. (See FIG. 39 (b) and FIG. 41 (a)). At the same time, the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 abuts on the restricting portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056, thereby restricting relative displacement (rotation) in the enlargement direction.

  In the enlarged state, the projection 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is in contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is downward. It is in a state of being elastically deformed to the lower side (FIG. 46 (b)). Thereby, the end (the end face of the rib 2552n2) of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is engaged with the rear end face of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and the second divided with respect to the third divided body 2553 The relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44E, right side in FIG. 46B) is restricted.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 relative to the second divided body 2552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44E, right side in FIG. . That is, since the player can displace (rotate) the first divided body 2551 in the reduction direction without performing, for example, the release operation of the lock mechanism, the operability at the time of reduction is improved.

  From the state (enlarged state) shown in FIG. 44 (e) and FIG. 46, the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is contracted by the operation of the player (FIG. 44 (e) upper side, FIG. 46 (b) right side) When the opening 2551m passes through the projection 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 makes the projection 2552n1 open by the elastic recovery force. It is returned to the engaged state. That is, the third state shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a) is formed.

  From the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44 (d) and 46 (a), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 2551) is contracted by the player's operation in the reduction direction (FIG. 44 (d), upper side) When the second divided body 2552 is displaced to the right (46 (a)) and the opening 2552m of the second divided body 2552 is disposed above the projection 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, the third divided body 2553 is engaged. The piece 2553 n is restored to the state in which the protrusion 2553 n 1 is engaged with the opening 255 2 m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the second state shown in FIGS. 44 (c) and 45 (c) is formed.

  Similarly, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44C and 45C, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is contracted by the operation of the player (FIG. 44C). When the opening 2553m of the third divided body 2553 is disposed above the projection 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced. The engagement piece 2554 n is sequentially restored to a state in which the protrusion 2554 n 1 is engaged with the opening 2553 m by an elastic recovery force. That is, the first state shown in FIGS. 44 (b) and 45 (b) is formed.

  When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 45 (b), the engagement between the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided member 2554 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is released. Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the reduction direction by the operation of the player, whereby the reduced state shown in FIGS. 44 (a) and 45 (a) is formed.

  As described above, also in the present embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is made constant, and enlargement or reduction of the storage area is made unique. (See FIGS. 44-46).

  In this case, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (segments 2551 to 2554) in the expansion direction is permitted from the lower segment in the same manner as in the first embodiment, so the size of the storage area Can be done quickly. On the other hand, since displacement (rotation) in the reduction direction is permitted in order from the upper divided body, displacement (rotation) of each divided body 2551 to 2554 is smoothly made in accordance with the state of the ball stored in the storage member. It can be carried out.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50, an inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 47 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 in the third embodiment. 48 (a) is a top view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050, and FIG. 48 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb in FIG. It is. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, in the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment, the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are formed in the front thereof. The first bypass route 3300 and the second bypass route 3400 are ball passages for diverting the balls dispensed from the dispensing outlet 23 and sending the balls to an area away from the dispensing outlet 23 of the lower tray 2050, It is formed on the front surface of the inner frame 3012 as a concave groove having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view.

  The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are respectively extended from the discharge port 23 toward the left side in front view and the right side in front view, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 48B) of the concave groove The moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 are used. The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are portions for rolling balls, and one end thereof is at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 48 (b)) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in front view. And inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  Since one end of the rolling surface 3310, 3410 of each of the detours 3300, 3400 is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23, a ball is formed by the ball stored in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23 and After the height of the mountain surpasses at least the lower surface 23a of the discharge outlet 23, the balls can flow into the respective detours 3300 and 3400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50). That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the balls can be diverted to the area away from the mountain by the respective detours 3300 and 3400, so that the whole storage area of the lower tray 2050 is The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly.

  The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end. As a result, when the balls detoured by the respective detours 3300 and 3400 are made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 50), the balls flowing down from the other end side can exert more force on the flow down. , To a farther area in the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire lower plate 2050.

  The lower surface 23a of the discharge port 23 is formed in a shape (that is, an end spread shape in which the width increases along the descending inclination direction) in which the width dimension (dimension in the horizontal direction in FIG. 48B) increases toward the lower plate 2050. Ru. As a result, it is possible to easily send balls from the lower surface 23 a of the payout opening 23 to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400.

  The lower surface 23 a of the discharge outlet 23 is inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 to the lower plate 2050, and both side portions (that is, the sides connected to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410) are to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410. It is inclined downwards. Therefore, the balls flowed down from the upper plate 17 to the lower surface 23 a of the discharge outlet 23 roll on the lower surface 23 a and are sent (flowing down) to the lower plate 2050. The balls whose throwing from the lower surface 23a to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the piles of balls stacked on the lower plate 2050 are sent to one end of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 by the downward inclination of the both sides of the lower surface 23a. It rolls on moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 toward the other end.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the detouring of the ball by the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 will be described. 49 (a) and 50 (a) are top views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 49 (b) and 50 (b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050. is there. 49 (b) and 50 (b) correspond to FIG. 48 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 49, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050 tend to be biased and stored near the discharge port 23, and a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. Therefore, it is difficult to disperse the balls uniformly all over the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and in the conventional product, it is necessary for the player to level and flatten the mountain by hand. In addition, even if the storage area of the lower tray 2050 is configured to be expandable as in the present embodiment, it is difficult to effectively utilize the entire expanded storage area.

  As shown in FIG. 50, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of balls from the outlet 23 to the storage area is blocked by the pile of spheres stacked in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the inflow to the storage area by the mountain The ball is allowed to flow into the respective detours 3300 and 3400 by rolling the ball whose inhibition is inhibited and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other, thereby detouring the balls. Can.

  This allows the spheres to be sent to the area away from the discharge port 23, ie, the area away from the mountain, and it is easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area. As a result, for example, the player does not have to work to level and flatten the piles stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game. In addition, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, since the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided in opposite directions on the left and right sides of the discharge outlet 23, respectively, for mountains formed by balls stacked in the vicinity of the discharge outlet 23, The ball can be diverted to both left and right sides. That is, it is possible not only to send the ball by the second detour 3400 to the area (right side in FIG. 50 (b)) of the side beyond the ball removal hole 2054a (the side further from the ball removal hole 2054a) 50 (the left side of FIG. 50 (b)) because it is the opposite side of the area (the side opposite to the direction from the discharge port 23 to the ball removal hole 2054a and the rising slope side of the bottom wall member 2054). A ball can be sent by the 1 detour 3300. As a result, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

  Here, the width dimension of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is preferably made larger than the diameter of the sphere, and in the present embodiment, the width dimension is set to twice the diameter of the sphere. Thus, of the balls stacked in the lower plate 2050 to form a mountain, the balls located beyond the height position of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 and located on the outermost side of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 However, even in the case where each of the bypass paths 3300 and 3400 has entered the space (that is, a portion of the outermost sphere overlaps the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in top view), the rolling surface 3310, 3410 can secure a space where the ball rolls, and the detour of the ball can be continued.

  Note that the state illustrated in FIG. 50 corresponds to the initial stage in which the detours of the balls by the detours 3300 and 3400 are started, and the balls stored in the lower plate 2050 are It is further increased. The same applies to each of the following embodiments, so the description thereof is omitted.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54, an inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment will be described.

  51 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 51 (b) is the inner frame 4012 and the lower tray 2050 along the line LIb-LIb of FIG. 51 (a). FIG. FIG. 51 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 51, in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment has a position lower than the respective detours 3300 and 3400 in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400. A third bypass path 4500 and a fourth bypass path 4600 are further formed, respectively.

  The third bypass route 4500 and the fourth bypass route 4600 are disposed at a position one step lower than the payout opening 23 and the first bypass route 3300 and the second bypass route 3400 (downward in FIG. 51A). The groove is formed as a substantially rectangular concave groove, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 51A) of the concave groove is used as the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610. The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 allow one end of each other to communicate with each other in a front view, place the communicated portion below the discharge outlet 23, and descend from the communicated portion (one end) to the other end It is formed to be inclined.

  The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 4012 toward the lower plate 2050, and the inclination angle of the descending inclination is increased toward the other end. Thus, as in the case of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, when the balls detoured by the respective detours 4500 and 4600 flow down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 53), the other end As the ball flowing down from the side can give impetus to the flow, it is possible to throw the ball to a more distant area in the lower tray 2050. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54, the detouring of the sphere by the first detour 3300 to the fourth detour 4600 will be described. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) are , The inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050. 52 (a), 53 (a) and 54 (a) correspond to FIG. 51 (a), and FIGS. 52 (b), 53 (b) and 54 (b) correspond to FIG. It corresponds to 51 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 52, the balls discharged from the discharge port 23 flow down to the third bypass passage 4500 and the fourth bypass passage 4600 (rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610), and then the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 thereof. From the to the lower plate 2050, and piles are formed by the gradually stacked balls. As shown in FIG. 53, when the inflow of balls from the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600 to the storage area is blocked by piles of balls stacked in the vicinity of the discharge port 23, The balls whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain are made to flow into the third bypass route 4500 and the fourth bypass route 4600, and the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the respective bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are directed from one end to the other The ball can be diverted by rolling.

  Thereafter, when the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are filled with piles of stacked balls, as shown in FIG. 54, the inflow to the storage area (third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600) by the mountain. The balls from which are blocked are made to flow into the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other, You can bypass the ball.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, since the plurality of detours (the first to fourth detours 3300 to 4600) are formed at different height positions, a mountain is formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Then, first, the ball can be made to flow into the detour (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600) whose height position is low (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600), and the detour (the third detour 4500 and the When the 4 bypass 4600) is buried in the ball, the ball can be made to flow into the bypass with a high height and be diverted. That is, the balls can be detoured stepwise in different detours according to the growth degree of the mountains (the stacking degree of the spheres) formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23, and the whole storage area of the lower tray 2050 is uniformly distributed. It can be made easy to disperse the spheres.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other ends of the third rolling surface 4510 and the fourth rolling surface 4610 are closer to the discharge outlet 23 than the other ends of the first rolling surface 3310 and the second rolling surface 3410. As the pile formed near the discharge outlet 23 is grown, the ball can be gradually diverted to a region farther from the discharge outlet 23 (ie, around the mountain). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Next, an inner frame 5012 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56.

  55 (a) and 56 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 5012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 55 (b) and 56 (b) are views of FIG. 55 (a). It is sectional drawing of the inner frame 5012 in the LVb-LVb line | wire, and the lower tray 2050. FIG. FIG. 55 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 55, the inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment is erected from the edge on the lower tray 2050 (storage area) side of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400. 3411 is set up. The standing walls 3311 and 3411 are within a predetermined range from one end of the rolling surface 3310 or 3410 on the discharge outlet 23 side (in this embodiment, a range that is approximately half the rolling direction length of the rolling surface 3310 or 3410) It is erected over the other side and not arranged on the other end side.

  Therefore, as shown in FIG. 56, when a ball is discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050 and a pile is formed by gradually stacked balls, the rolling surface of the balls forming such a pile Spheres located beyond the height positions of 3310 and 3410 and located on the outermost side of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 enter the space of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 (ie, the outermost spheres It can avoid that a part overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in top view. Thereby, it can suppress that rolling of the ball on rolling surface 3310, 3410 is inhibited by the ball which entered into each detour 3300, 3400. As a result, the respective detours 3300 and 3400 can be effectively functioned, and the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Further, even in the case where the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 are provided, more balls can be stacked in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 to increase the height of the mountain. Therefore, more balls can be stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 accordingly.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 57 to FIG. 60, an inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 57 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 57 (b) is the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 along line LVIIb-LVIIb in FIG. 57 (a). FIG. FIG. 57 (a) corresponds to FIG. 47 (b). In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 57, the first detour 3300 and the fifth detour 6700 are formed in the front of the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment. The fifth detour 6700 is a passage of balls for detouring the balls paid out from the discharge outlet 23 and sending the balls stepwise to two places away from the discharge outlet 23 of the lower tray 2050, and an inner frame 6012 It is formed as a concave groove of a substantially rectangular shape in a front view horizontally long.

  The fifth bypass passage 6700 is extended from the discharge port 23 to the right in a front view, and the lower surface (the lower surface in FIG. 57A) of the recessed groove is a rolling surface 6710. The rolling surface 6710 is a portion for rolling a ball, and one end thereof is disposed at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 57A) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in front view It is formed to be inclined downward from one end to the other end (right side in FIG. 57A).

  In the rolling surface 6710 in the present embodiment, a plurality of downstream portions 6711 and 6712 are provided (two in the present embodiment) with a predetermined interval in the extending direction of the fifth detour 6700 (left and right direction in FIG. 57A). And the rolling surface 6710 is divided into the upstream rolling surface 6710a and the downstream rolling surface 6710b.

  The flowing portions 6711 and 6712 are portions for causing balls rolling on the rolling surface 6710 to flow down to the lower plate 2050, and the height position in front view of the rolling surface 6710 (FIG. 57 (a) vertical position) Is lowered and inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 to the lower plate 2050).

  In this case, the height direction between the upper surface on the inner frame 6012 side (the rear side in the drawing of FIG. 57A) of the flowing portion 6711 and the upper surface of the downstream end (right side in FIG. 57A) of the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The amount of separation (in the vertical direction in FIG. 57A) is set to a size larger than the diameter of the ball (approximately twice the diameter of the ball in this embodiment), and the lower tray 2050 side of the flow The amount of separation in the height direction (vertical direction in FIG. 57A) between the upper surface of the paper sheet 57 (a) and the upper surface of the upstream end (left side in FIG. 57A) of the downstream rolling surface 6710b is , Or the size equal to or smaller than the diameter of the sphere (in the present embodiment, the same size).

  That is, when a plurality of balls stay in the downstream portion 6711, an imaginary plane formed by connecting the tops of the balls is located at a height position lower than the downstream end of the upstream rolling surface 6710a, And, it is located at the height position equal to the upstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710 b or the height position (upper position in the present embodiment) equal to that of the upstream end (see FIG. 60C).

  Therefore, as described later, in the state where a plurality of spheres stay in the downstream portion 6711 (see FIG. 60 (c)), the force of the sphere dropped from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the downstream portion Of the plurality of balls staying in the lower portion 6711 can be passed to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710 b. As a result, the downstream rolling surface 6710 b rolls, and the ball that has reached the downstream portion 6712 can flow downward from the downstream portion 6712 to the lower tray 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60, the detour of the sphere by the fifth detour 6700 will be described. 58 (a), 59 (a) and 60 (a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b) and 60 (b) are , The inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050. Also, FIG. 60 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 along the line LXc-LXc in FIG. 60 (b). 58 (a), 59 (a) and 60 (a) correspond to FIG. 57 (a), and FIGS. 58 (b), 59 (b) and 60 (b) correspond to FIG. It corresponds to 57 (b).

  As shown in FIG. 58, when the balls are discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. When the pile of balls stacked near the discharge port 23 inhibits the flow of the balls from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, as shown in FIG. 59, the balls whose flow into the storage area is blocked by the mountains are After flowing into the fifth bypass passage 6700 and rolling the upstream rolling surface 6710 a, first, it can flow down to the lower tray 2050 from the inflow lower portion 6711 closer to the discharge outlet 23.

  Then, when a pile is formed by the balls flowing down from the downflow 6711 and piled up, and the downflow of the ball from the downflow 6711 to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the pile, it rolls from the upstream rolling surface 6710a The balls stay in the downstream portion 6711, and the stagnant balls fill the downstream portion 6711 (see FIGS. 60 (b) and 60 (c)).

  As a result, as shown in FIG. 60, a plurality of balls, which are balls that have flowed into the fifth bypass passage 6700 and which are rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the downstream portion 6711, stay in the downstream portion 6711 Can be passed over the head to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. Thereby, the fluid can be made to flow from the downstream portion 6712 far from the discharge port 23 to the lower tray 2050.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the ball introduced into the fifth detour 6700 is first made to flow down from the inflow lower portion 6711 closer to the discharge outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050, and a mountain formed in the outflow portion. When the downflow from the downflow 6711 to the lower tray 2050 is blocked by the lower side, the downflow from the downflow 6712 on the side far from the discharge outlet 23 can then flow down to the lower tray 2050. As a result, as the mountain formed near the outlet 23 grows, the sphere can be gradually diverted to an area farther from the outlet 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  In the present embodiment, the upstream rolling surface 6710 a and the downstream rolling surface 6710 b are not inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050. However, at least one of the rolling surfaces 6710 a and 6710 b may be inclined downward toward the lower plate 2050 from the inner frame 6012. In this case, the inclination angle of the descending inclination from the inner frame 6012 to the lower plate 2050 makes the inclination angles of the respective rolling surfaces 6710a, 6710b smaller than the inclination angles of the downstream portions 6711, 6712. As a result, while the balls having flowed into the fifth bypass passage 6700 are mainly caused to flow down from the downstream portions 6711 and 6712 to the lower plate 2050, the balls can also flow down to the lower plate 2050 from the respective rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b. Therefore, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower plate 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63, an inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment will be described.

  61 (a) is a top view of an inner frame 7012 and a lower tray 2050 in the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 61 (b) is an inner frame 7012 and a lower tray 2050 along line LXIb-LXIb in FIG. 61 (a). 61 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 7012 taken along line LXIc-LXIc in FIG. 61 (a). In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 61, in the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment, a second payout opening is formed as a rectangular opening in a front view on the side (right side in the width direction, right side of FIG. 61B) of the payout opening 23 7023 is provided. In the present embodiment, the discharge port 23 and the second discharge port 7023 are formed to have the same shape in a front view, and are arranged at the same height position (upper and lower positions in FIG. 61B).

  Inside the inner frame 7012, a throwing path 7024 for throwing the ball that can not be stored in the upper tray 17 (see FIG. 1) to the dispensing outlet 23, and one end (upstream end) in the middle of the feeding path 7024 And a sixth bypass passage 7025 in which the other end (downstream end 7025a) is in communication with the second discharge outlet 7023 and inclined downward from one end to the other end.

  The ball sending path 7024 is suspended from the upstream end on the upper tray 17 side while being curved in a substantially S shape, and the downstream end 7024 a is in communication with the discharge outlet 23 at a position where it can be visually recognized from the discharge outlet 23 in front view. Therefore, the ball which has flowed down the feed path 7024 and reached its downstream end 7024 a flows down from the discharge port 23 to the lower tray 2050. In the present embodiment, the distance from the downstream end 7024a of the throwing path 7024 to the lower edge of one end (upstream end) of the sixth bypass path 7025 is approximately three times the diameter of the sphere.

  The sixth bypass passage 7025 has one end (upstream end) communicated with the throwing passage 7024 at a position above the downstream end 7024a of the throwing passage 7024 by a predetermined distance, and the downstream end 7025a is the second in the front view It communicates with the second payout port 7023 at a position viewed from the payout port 7023. Therefore, the ball that has entered the sixth bypass passage 7025 and reached its downstream end 7025 a flows downward from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 62 to FIG. 63, the detour of the sphere by the sixth detour 7025 will be described. 62 (a) and 63 (a) are top views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050, and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050. 62 (c) and 63 (c) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012. FIG. 62 (a) and 63 (a) correspond to FIG. 61 (a), and FIGS. 62 (b) and 63 (b) correspond to FIG. 61 (b); And FIG. 63 (c) correspond to FIG. 61 (c).

  When the ball is discharged from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, a pile is formed by the gradually stacked balls. As shown in FIG. 62, when the pile of balls piled up near the discharge port 23 blocks the flow of the balls from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball flowing down the ball feeding path 7024 has its downstream end 7024a. The downstream end 7024 a side of the ball sending passage 7024 is filled with these stagnant balls (see FIG. 62C).

  Thereby, as shown in FIG. 63, the ball flowing down the throwing path 7024 can be made to flow into the sixth bypass path 7025. As a result, the balls which flow into the sixth bypass passage 7024 and roll to the downstream end 7025 a can be made to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 spaced apart from the discharge outlet 23 in the width direction to the lower tray 2050.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of the ball from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is blocked by the mountain formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the ball which flows down from the ball passage 2024 is It can be diverted to the second payout exit 7023 through the bypass path 7025 and can flow from the second payout exit 7023 to the lower tray 2050. As a result, the balls can be made to flow in from the second discharge port 7025 (to be sent) toward the area away from the mountain formed by the balls flowed out from the discharge port 23, and as a result, the lower tray 2050 is stored. The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the area.

  That is, for example, since the lower plate 2050 side is opened in the detour formed by recessing the front of the inner frame 7012, the ball is rolled and detoured from one end of the detour to the other end ( At one end and the other end), the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050. That is, it is not possible to divert all the spheres flowing into the detour to the other end, and a sphere is generated which flows down to the lower tray 2050 before reaching the other end.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sixth detour 7025 is disposed in the inner frame 7012 and formed as a closed path, so that the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050 in the middle of the detour. And all balls that have flowed into the sixth bypass 7025 can be rolled (or diverted) to the other end (downstream end 7025a) (ie, allowed to flow down from the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050). it can).

  As a result, with respect to a mountain formed by the ball flowing down from the discharge port 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball is allowed to flow down to the lower plate 2050 only from a position (second discharge port 7023) sufficiently away from the mountain. As a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  Here, in the present embodiment, a first lower bowl full tank switch (not shown) is disposed on the side of the downstream end 7024 a of the ball sending passage 7024, and the sixth bypass passage 7025 is provided on the downstream side thereof. At the end 7025a side, a second lower plate full switch (not shown) is disposed. In these lower disc filling switches, balls are stored in the ball sending path 7024 or the sixth bypass path 7025 (the ball can not be fed from the discharge outlet 23 or the second discharge outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050). Will be turned on if is detected.

  In this case, when the first lower plate full switch is turned on and the second lower plate full switch and the reduction state detection sensor are turned off, it can be estimated that a ball crest is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23 Therefore, the player is informed that "the ball of the lower plate 2050 is leveled". As a result, by leveling the mountain, it is possible to restart throwing from the outlet 23, and it is possible to store more balls by efficiently using the storage area of the lower tray 2050.

  When both the first lower plate full switch and the second lower plate full switch are turned on, a ball crest is formed in the vicinity of the discharge port 23, and the ball detour by the sixth detour 7025 is also completed. Since it can be estimated that the ball is full on the lower plate 2050, the player is informed that "the ball release lever 2054a is operated".

  Here, the lower plate 2050 is further provided with a reduction state detection sensor (not shown) which is turned on when the side wall member 2055 is in the reduction state, and the first lower plate full tank switch and the second lower plate full tank If the switch is turned on and the reduction state detection sensor is turned on, "enlarge the lower plate 2050" before informing the player that "the ball release lever 2054a is operated". May be notified. An expandable lower plate 2050 can be effectively utilized.

  In addition, as a method of alerting | reporting, the display to the 3rd symbol display apparatus 81, the output by the audio | voice from an audio | voice output device, etc. are illustrated. In addition, the first lower tray full switch and the second lower tray full switch may be omitted, and only the lower tray full switch 1 may be provided. In this case, the ball throwing path 7024 is provided upstream of the branch to the sixth bypass path 7025 (opposite to the downstream end 7024 a). By arranging at such a position, even when the discharge outlet 23 and the second discharge outlet 2023 are formed, it is possible to detect that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls by the lower plate full-toning switch 1.

  Next, an inner frame 8012 and a lower tray 8050 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 64 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 8012 and the lower tray 8050 in the eighth embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the part same as said each embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 64, in the eighth embodiment, the seventh bypass 8400 is formed on the front face of the inner frame 8012, and the extension bypass 8800 is connected to the seventh bypass 8400. The seventh bypass passage 8400 is formed as a recessed groove extending from the discharge outlet 23 toward the right side in a front view, and the lower surface of the recessed groove is a rolling surface 8410. The seventh detour 8400 is substantially the same as the second detour 3400 except that the extension length is made longer than the extension length of the second bypass 3400 in the third embodiment. And the description thereof will be omitted.

  An overhanging wall 8056 h is formed on the inner wall member 2056 of the lower tray 2050 so as to project from the side wall 2056 b thereof into the storage area. The overhanging wall 8056 h is formed as a plate-like body that is bent in a front view, and the upper surface of the overhanging wall 8056 h is a rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass path 8800. The overhanging wall 8056 h connects one end (upstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 to the other end (downstream end) of the eighth bypass passage 8400 and descends the rolling surface 8810 toward the other end (downstream end). It is arranged in the posture to be inclined.

  In the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056 h is disposed at a position spaced upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and a space capable of storing spheres between the lower surface of the overhanging wall 8056 h and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054 (storage area ) Is formed. In addition, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (opposite to one end connected to the inner frame 12) is disposed at a height substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Be done.

  As described above, according to the present embodiment, in addition to forming the eighth bypass passage 8400 in the inner frame 12, the extension bypass passage 8800 is also formed in the lower plate 2050 (inner wall member 2056). When the pile of spheres stacked in the vicinity blocks the inflow to the storage area and the spheres flow into the eighth detour 8400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50), the rolling surface 8410 of the eighth detour 8400 is The ball rolled to the end is positioned farthest from the outlet 23 using the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800 (the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces of the divided members 2551 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055) The ball can be sent out (or diverted) to the connection portion of the two pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. This makes it possible to send the spheres to the area away from the mountain and to make it easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (that is, the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800) is the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided member 2554 of the side wall member 2055. It is disposed at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface.

  Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is in the expanded state (that is, when the storage area is expanded and it is required to effectively utilize the storage area), the end of the rolling surface 8810 of the extension bypass 8800 is The balls flowed down from each side on each side of the inner frame 12 side of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 (that is, each member forming the step-wise expanded region) Further, the ball can be further rolled in the opposite direction (left direction in FIG. 64) to the rolling direction of the balls in the eighth bypass passage 8400.

  That is, the balls can be diverted to the back side of the mountain formed by the balls stacked in the storage area (the opposite side to the discharge port 23 and the side wall member 2055 side), and the balls are uniformly dispersed throughout the storage area. It can be made easy.

  Further, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed to be bent in a V shape in a front view, and the descending inclination angle of the rolling surface 8810 formed on the upper surface is larger at the other end side (side wall member 2055 side) In the state where the lower plate 2050 is contracted, a space is formed between the upper surface of the other end of the overhanging wall 5056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It can be formed.

  As a result, when the player performs an operation to reduce the size of the lower plate 2050 from the enlargement state to the reduction state, the player's fingers are the protrusion wall 8056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It is possible to suppress being caught in between. That is, the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 is performed by putting the finger of the left hand on the inner wall side of the second piece 2551X to 2554X of the side wall member 2055, the second hand 2551X of the side wall member 2055 as the inner frame 12 According to the present embodiment, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to pinch a finger according to the present embodiment, although it is easy to operate with the operation method of pushing in toward the side.

  Here, in the case where the extension detour 8800 is formed by recessing a recessed groove in the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, the inner wall member 2056 has an operation handle because it is necessary to secure a storage space for the divided members 2551 to 2554. The operation handle of the operation handle 51 is deteriorated because the space between the two is narrowed to be disposed on the side 51.

  On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the extension detour 8800 is formed by projecting the overhanging wall 8056 h from the side wall portion 256 b of the inner wall member 2056, the distance between the inner wall member 2056 and the operation handle 51 is secured. Thus, the operability of the operation handle 51 can be improved. On the other hand, even if the overhanging wall 8056h is projected from the side wall 2056b of the inner wall member 2056, according to this embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed in a plate shape, and the lower surface and the bottom wall of the overhanging wall 8056h Since a space (storage area) capable of storing a sphere is formed between it and the upper surface of the member 2054, the size of the storage area can be secured.

  As mentioned above, although the present invention was explained based on the above-mentioned embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned form at all, It is easy to be able to carry out various modification improvement in the range which does not deviate from the meaning of the present invention. It can be guessed.

  In each of the embodiments described above, part or all of one embodiment may be replaced or combined with part or all of one or more other embodiments to constitute a gaming machine.

  Although description is abbreviate | omitted in said each embodiment, the drive means (for example, electric motor) which gives driving force to side wall member 55, 2055 is provided, and it displaces side wall part 52, 2055 by the driving force given from the drive means. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be expanded and reduced by (rotation).

  In this case, for example, a sensor device for detecting the storage amount of the balls stored in the lower plate 50 is provided, and the side wall member 55 is a displacement amount (rotation amount) corresponding to the storage amount of the balls detected by the sensor device. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be expanded and contracted by displacing (rotating) the drive 2055 (see, for example, FIGS. 22 and 23). Since the lower trays 50 and 2050 can be enlarged if necessary while suppressing that the lower trays 50 and 2050 which are unnecessarily expanded and projected forward are obstructed by the player, the player can send the 1000 boxes The discharge frequency can be suppressed to concentrate on the game.

  Alternatively, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged or reduced according to the game state. For example, there is provided a means for detecting that a hit has occurred, and if the occurrence of a hit is detected by that means, the side wall members 55, 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the drive means. May be expanded in advance. Further, for example, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged at a predetermined effect. By expanding the lower trays 50 and 2050, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation.

  Alternatively, depending on the state of the front frame 14, the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced. For example, a sensor device for detecting the state of the front frame 14 is provided, and when the sensor device detects an operation of opening the front frame 14, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction by the driving means. , And the lower trays 50 and 2050 may be reduced. Further, for example, a sensor device for detecting the state of the cylinder lock 20 for locking the front frame 14 is provided, and when the unlocking of the cylinder lock 20 is detected by the sensor device, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are reduced by the drive means. The lower trays 50 and 2050 may be contracted by being displaced (rotated) in the direction. When the front frame 14 is carelessly opened while the lower tray 50 is enlarged, the enlarged lower tray 50 can be prevented from contacting the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and being damaged.

  In the above embodiments, the lower trays 50 and 2050 have been described as an example for the purpose of enlarging or reducing the storage area, but the present invention is not limited to this, and instead of or in addition to this, The plate 17 may be used as a target.

  In each of the above embodiments, the side wall members 55 and 2055 have the end portions on the same side as the front frame 14 is rotatably supported to the bottom wall members 54 and 2054 by the pivot pins 57 and 2057. Although the case where it is pivotally supported has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and the end on the opposite side to the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably pivotally supported is the bottom wall member 54 by the pivotal support pins 57 and 2057. , 2054 may be rotatably supported.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the elastic deformation of the engaging pieces 552n to 556n and 2552n to 2554n is used as a defining means for defining the relative movement of the overlapping divided members 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 as an example. Although explained, it is not necessarily limited to this, and other defining means may be adopted. As another defining means, for example, the coefficient of friction between the divided members 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 is made different from each other, and based on the difference in the coefficient of friction, What defines the order in which the rotation is allowed is illustrated. Alternatively, a plurality of actuators (for example, solenoids) for engaging and canceling the engagement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are provided, and the respective divided bodies 551 to 557, 2551 are operated by driving the respective actuators. What defines the order in which 2554 rotations are allowed is illustrated.

  Although the description is omitted in each of the above embodiments, the first sensor device for detecting that the lower trays 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state (or at least not in the contracted state) and the fact that the front frame 14 has been opened Notification when the lower trays 50 and 2050 are detected to be in the expanded state and the opening of the front frame 14 is detected by the second sensor device to be detected and the first and second sensor devices And notification means (for example, means for generating sound) may be provided. By leaving the notification means, it is possible to suppress the front frame 14 from being opened while the lower trays 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower trays 50 and 2050 from colliding with the next pachinko machine 10 or the like and being damaged.

  Although the case where the first and second bypass routes 3300 and 3400 and the third and fourth bypass routes 4500 and 4600 are provided in two stages in the vertical direction has been described in the fourth embodiment, the invention is not necessarily limited thereto. Alternatively, three or more detours may be provided.

  Although in the sixth embodiment, the downstream portions 6711 and 6712 are formed at two locations on the rolling surface 6710 of the fifth bypass passage 6700, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. A part may be provided.

  Although the above seventh embodiment has described the case where the two outlets (the outlet 23 and the second outlet 7023) are provided, the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and even if three or more outlets are provided. good.

  In the eighth embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810) has a height substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X in the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Although the case where it arrange | positions in the position was demonstrated, it is not necessarily restricted to this, You may set this height position lower than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X, or than the upper surface of the 1st piece 2554X You may set it too high.

  The present invention may be implemented on a type of pachinko machine or the like different from the above-described embodiments. For example, a pachinko machine (common name, two-time, three-time, and so on) in which the jackpot expected value can be increased until the jackpot state occurs a plurality of times (for example, two times, three times) including the jackpot once May be implemented as In addition, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player, as a prerequisite to winning a ball in a predetermined area. In addition, it is possible to have the winning device which possesses special territory such as V zone and to execute to the pachinko machine which becomes special game state as a necessary condition to make the special territory win the ball. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various types of gaming machines may be implemented, such as arelapachis, ball balls, slot machines, gaming machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are fused.

  In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where the coin is inserted and the symbol effective line is determined, and the symbol is stopped and determined by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, as a basic concept of the slot machine, “a display device is provided which displays the identification information after displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is derived from the operation of the starting operation means (for example, operation lever) The variable display of identification information is started, and the variable display of identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player, as a prerequisite that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. An example is given.

  In addition, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device is provided which variably displays a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displays the symbols, and is provided with a handle for ball launch. Not included. In this case, after the injection of a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the variation of the symbol is started due to the operation of the operation lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button or By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game for giving a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the determined symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol. Is a lot of balls being dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be handled as gaming value in the gaming hall, so the gaming value is found in the current gaming hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and the restriction on the installation location of gaming machines.

  Hereinafter, the concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be described.

<About the concept of the invention which makes the lower plate 50 an example>
In the gaming machine, the storage member includes a front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front surface of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball. The size of the storage area is displaceable in the direction to expand or reduce the size of the storage area by the operation, and when the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, the size of the storage area A game machine A1 characterized in that the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of being reduced.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. In this case, if the side wall is raised to enlarge the storage area of the lower tray, the gap between the lower tray and the upper tray will be reduced accordingly. Therefore, for example, when leveling the ball stored in the lower plate, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower plate. Therefore, according to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095, the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower plate are slide-displaced back and forth by the operation of the player, thereby making it easy for the player to put in the hands of the player A structure is disclosed which magnifies or reduces. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when the front frame is opened while the lower tray is enlarged, there is a problem that the enlarged lower tray contacts and damages the adjacent gaming machine.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the storage member is formed displaceably in the direction to expand or reduce the size of the storage area by the operation of the player, but the storage member from the outside along with the opening of the front frame When the pressing force is applied, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced, so that the breakage can be suppressed.

  The storage member may be, for example, an upper tray for storing a ball to be launched into the game area, or a lower tray disposed below the upper tray and receiving a ball which does not fit in the upper tray.

  In addition, when the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside as the front frame is opened, for example, the storage member contacts the adjacent game machine and the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the adjacent game machine In the case where the storage member is gripped by a person while opening the front frame, a pressing force may be applied to the storage member from the human hand.

  In the gaming machine A1, the front frame is opened and closed by rotating around a rotation axis provided on the side portion on one side in the width direction, and the storage member is the same side as the rotation axis of the front frame A game machine A2 characterized in that the size of the storage area is formed to be expanded or reduced by rotating around a rotation axis provided on one side in the width direction.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A1, the storage member is enlarged or reduced in size by rotating around the rotation shaft provided on one side in the width direction. Since the rotation shaft of the storage member is on the same side as the rotation shaft of the front frame, the storage member is stored when a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside along with the opening of the front frame. It can be made easy to displace in the direction in which the size of the area is reduced. As a result, damage to the storage member can be suppressed.

  In the gaming machine A2, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the plurality of divided portions The game machine A3 characterized in that the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced by rotating the body in a direction toward or away from the front frame about the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to secure freedom in the arrangement of the ball removal holes while making it possible to expand or reduce the size of the storage area. For example, in the structure in which the storage area is enlarged or reduced by sliding the bottom wall and the side wall back and forth by the operation of the player, the overlapping portion between the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side It is not possible to arrange the deburring holes, and the degree of freedom of its arrangement is reduced.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A3, the storage area is formed by forming the side wall portions from a plurality of divided bodies vertically stacked, and rotating the plurality of divided bodies toward or away from the front frame. Can be enlarged or reduced in size, but since there is no overlap between the portion (segment body) displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area and the bottom wall, it can be located at any position on the bottom wall. It is possible to arrange the deburring hole and to secure the freedom of the arrangement.

  In the gaming machine A3, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, and when the storage area is expanded, the upper divided bodies are projected outward A game machine A4 characterized in that when the storage area is reduced by being rotated in a direction approaching the front frame about the rotation axis, the divided bodies overlap in an axial direction view of the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A3, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction away from the front frame, the upper divided bodies are projected outward, so that the player's The storage area can be expanded in a form that makes it easy to enter the hand. On the other hand, when rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the divided members overlap in the axial direction of the rotation axis, so that the rigidity of the storage member can be secured in a state where the storage area is reduced.

  Further, in the state where the storage area is expanded, since the plurality of divided bodies are projected outward, it can be made easy for the player to recognize that the lower tray is in the expanded state.

  In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body is substantially L-shaped in top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotary shaft and a second piece extended from the other end of the first piece. A game machine A5, characterized in that the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A3 or A4, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. Since the second piece is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from the piece and the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape centering on the rotation axis, each of the divided bodies is rotated around the rotation axis. The trajectories of the second piece of the split body can be made to coincide. That is, since the state in which the 2nd piece of each division body always overlaps can be formed, the rigidity of a side wall part (a plurality of division bodies) is securable.

  In the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body is a horizontal portion connected to the first piece, a standing portion standing from an end of the horizontal portion, and the standing end of the standing portion. A horizontal portion and an extending portion extending to the opposite side, and each divided body includes the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion by the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion of the adjacent divided portions. A game machine A6 which is disposed in a state of being superimposed on a unit.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the second part of the divided body is a horizontal part connected to the first part, a standing part standing from the end of the horizontal part, And an extending portion extending from the standing end of the standing portion to the opposite side to the horizontal portion, each divided body includes a horizontal portion, a standing portion and an extending portion, the horizontal portions of the adjacent divided portions, Since it is disposed in a state of being superimposed on the erected portion and the extended portion, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage area, the weight of the balls acting on the side wall portion (each divided body) It can be effectively supported by the interaction of the overlapping of the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion between them, and as a result, the bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed.

  Also, because the second pieces overlap each other, even if the side wall portion is bent due to the weight of the ball, the second piece serves as a guide and the side wall portion smoothly from the enlargement state to the reduction state It can be migrated. Therefore, the lower plate (side wall) can be displaced in the reduction direction even when the front frame is opened carelessly while the lower plate with the balls stored is in an expanded state, so that the breakage can be suppressed. .

  In the gaming machine A6, the plurality of divided bodies are characterized in that the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extending portion is made smaller and the other width is made larger as the upper divided body. .

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A6, in the plurality of divided bodies, the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extended portion is made smaller and the other width is made larger as the upper divided body Therefore, even when the divided portions overlap the horizontal portion, the erected portion, and the extended portion of the second piece with adjacent divided portions, the width dimension of the second piece can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second piece while aiming to improve the rigidity of the second piece by stacking. Moreover, the protrusion to the outer side of a 2nd piece (side wall part) is suppressed, and the part | minute and the installation space of another member can be ensured.

  One of the gaming machines A5 to A7 includes an inner wall member forming a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the plurality of divided bodies being rotated in the direction approaching the front frame about the rotation axis, In a state where the storage area is reduced, the second piece is disposed on the back side of the inner wall member, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, the storage area The second piece is arranged side by side with the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. A8.

  According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the second piece is provided with the inner wall member forming a part of the inner wall of the storage area and the storage area is reduced. Is arranged on the back side of the inner wall member and the storage area is expanded, the second piece is juxtaposed to the side of the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage area is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member Therefore, the length dimension of the second piece can be shortened, and the space necessary for moving the second piece can be reduced accordingly.

  That is, when the inner wall member is not provided, the second piece needs to be the inner wall of the storage area not only when the storage area is reduced but also when the storage area is expanded. As a length dimension of the piece, a dimension obtained by adding a length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member and a length dimension corresponding to the enlargement is required. Therefore, the space required for the movement of the second piece is increased (the space needs to be secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage area is expanded). On the other hand, in the case where the inner wall member is provided, the second piece should be the inner wall of the storage area only when the storage area is expanded, so the length dimension of the second piece corresponds to the enlargement (The length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member can be made unnecessary). As a result, the space necessary for the movement of the second piece can be reduced (this space is sufficient only on the back side of the inner wall member, and is secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the expansion direction of the storage area). Not necessary).

  In the gaming machine A8, the plurality of divided bodies are increased in length dimension of the second piece toward the upper divided body, and rotated in a direction away from the front frame about the rotation axis, and the storage area Is expanded, and the upper side of the divided body is projected outward, and the end face of the second piece of each divided body is arranged flush.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A8, the length of the second piece of the plurality of divided bodies is increased toward the upper divided body, in a direction away from the front frame centering on the rotation axis When it is rotated and the storage area is expanded, the upper divided body is projected outward, and the end face of the second piece of each divided body is disposed flush, so that each division is expanded when the storage area is expanded. The part cost is reduced by securing the overlapping distance of the second pieces of the body and suppressing the deflection of the side wall (second piece) with respect to the weight of the ball while suppressing the length of the second piece in each divided body. Can be reduced. That is, even when the end face of the second piece in the lower divided body of the upper divided body is protruded when the storage area is expanded, the protruding portion can not support the upper second piece and the deflection is It does not contribute to suppression. On the other hand, when the storage area is reduced, the overlap between the second pieces of each divided body is reduced, but the weight of the ball is exerted on the inner wall member and not directly on the second piece. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

  In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine includes a contact member formed so as to be able to abut on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost positioned division body, and the contact member is the largest when the storage area is expanded. It is arrange | positioned in the position which overlaps with the 2nd piece of the division body located in lower side in the axial direction view of the said division body, Game machine A10 characterized by the above-mentioned.

  According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine A10 includes an abutting member formed to be able to abut on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body. Since the support rigidity of the second piece can be enhanced with the contact member as a fulcrum, bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed when supporting the weight of the ball. In particular, since the contact member is disposed at a position overlapping the second piece of the lowermost positioned division body in the axial direction of the division body when the storage area is expanded, the degree of expansion of the storage area (plurality The second piece of each divided body can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position regardless of which part of the divided body is displaced in the expansion direction), and the side wall portion (each divided body) is prevented from being bent it can.

  In the gaming machine A10, the divided body positioned at the uppermost side includes an engaging portion formed on the upper surface of the second piece, and the divided body positioned at the uppermost side is from the front frame with the rotation axis as a center. The gaming machine A11 characterized in that when the engaging portion is engaged with the contact member and the rotation is restricted, when it is rotated to a predetermined position in a direction to separate.

  According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A10, the engaging portion is formed on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost split body, and the engaging portion abuts on the abutting member. The rotation in the direction away from the front frame of the uppermost segment can be restricted at a predetermined position. That is, the contact member not only serves to support the upper surface of the divided body (second piece) to suppress deflection but also serves as a stopper for restricting the rotation of the divided body, so the number of parts Product cost can be reduced.

  In any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided body has a convex portion formed on one mating surface of the divided bodies stacked vertically, and a concave portion receiving the convex portion formed on the other mating surface, When the storage area is expanded, the convex portion abuts against the inner wall on one side of the recess, and when the storage area is contracted, the convex portion abuts against the inner wall on the other side of the recess, A game machine A12 characterized by being formed so as to be able to regulate the relative displacement of the divisions superimposed on each other.

  According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, in the divided bodies stacked vertically, a convex portion is formed on one of the mating surfaces and a concave portion is on the other mating surface. When the storage area is expanded, the convex part is in contact with the inner wall on one side of the recess, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex part is in contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave part. Since the relative displacement of the divided bodies can be regulated, the relative position of each divided body can be defined. In this case, since each of the divided bodies is engaged with the overlapping divided body, the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion are engaged, the side wall portion (overlapped divided portions in the expanded state and the contracted state of the storage region) Body) The rigidity as a whole can be secured, and bending by the weight of a ball can be suppressed. In this case, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are disposed utilizing the mating surface which becomes a dead space, the side wall portion (divided body) can be miniaturized by that amount, and the capacity of the storage area can be secured.

  In the gaming machine A12, the divided body is formed in a substantially L shape in top view from a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotary shaft and a second piece extended from the other end of the first piece. The convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously provided along the longitudinal direction of the first piece on the mating surface of the first pieces. Gaming machine A13.

  According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A12, the divided body includes a first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft, and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. From the above, it is formed in a substantially L-shape in top view, and since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces, the convex portion and the concave portion can be effectively functioned. That is, since the first piece is a portion operated by the player when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operation force can be directly received by the engagement between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion. The operational feeling can be improved. In addition, in the portion where the first pieces overlap, when the storage area is expanded, it is possible to intensively improve the rigidity of the portion where the portion is likely to be bent by the weight of the ball.

  In this case, since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed as a convex streak and a concave groove continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first piece, an engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion is secured. Thus, it is possible to improve the rigidity as a whole of the side wall (overlapping divided bodies). In particular, since the convex portions and concave portions formed as the convex streaks and concave grooves are formed along the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft, the direction of the load by the player's operation and the weight of the ball is Since it can be made to be orthogonal to the engagement field of a ridge and a ditch, bending of the side wall part (the overlapped 1st piece) to such load can be controlled.

  In the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed to be curved in a circular arc shape convex outward in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, and the ridge and the inner wall of the concave groove have the same radius. A game machine A14 characterized by being curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the first piece.

  According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A13, since the first piece is formed to be curved in a convex arc shape outward in the axial direction view of the rotation shaft, the capacity of the storage area is expanded be able to. In this case, since the ridges and the inner wall of the concave groove are formed in the same radius and curved in a circular arc shape convex in the same direction as the first piece, the extension length of these ridges is the mating surface of the first piece Can be maximized within the range of Therefore, the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion can be maximized to improve the rigidity of the entire side wall portion (the overlapping first pieces), and the load on the convex portion and the concave portion can be reduced. The durability can be improved.

<Regarding the concept of the invention taking the first bypass route 3300 as an example>
A front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing the sphere, and an inlet for flowing the sphere into the storage area of the storage member A gaming machine B1 comprising: a bypass path extended as a passage capable of throwing a ball from one end to the other end of the inflow side to the gaming machine B1.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the storage area of the lower tray is expanded by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the balls tend to be biased to a part of the storage area of the lower tray (for example, in the vicinity of the inlet that allows the balls to flow into the lower tray), and uniformly throughout the expanded storage area of the lower tray. There is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the spheres.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, since the detour path extending as a passage capable of throwing a ball from one end to the other end of the inflow side is provided, for example, the ball inflowing from the inflow When a mountain is formed by being stored in the vicinity of the entrance, a ball whose inflow to the storage area is blocked by the mountain is made to flow into the detour, and it is turned from one end of the detour toward the other end. The ball can be diverted by moving it. This allows the spheres to be sent to the area away from the inlet, i.e., the area away from the peaks, and makes it easy to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area. As a result, for example, the player does not have to work to level and flatten the piles stored in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game.

  In the gaming machine B1, the bypass path is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from one end to the other, so that the ball can be reliably sent to the other end of the detour. In particular, if a ball collides with a mountain that is stored in the vicinity of the inflow, and the momentum of the ball is lost when it flows into the detour, the ball rolls to the other end of the detour. Can. In addition, since the ball can be energized to the other end of the detour, the initial speed at the time of sending out from the other end of the detour to the storage area can be increased. As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, so a ball is formed by the ball stored near the inflow port and the mountain is formed If the height of the ball exceeds the lower surface of the inlet, the ball can be reliably introduced into the bypass. That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height in the vicinity of the inflow port, the ball can be diverted to a region separated from the mountain by a detour, so that the sphere can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. Can.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of the detours are formed at different height positions.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of detours are formed at different height positions, so that a ball is formed by balls stored near the inflow. First, when the ball is introduced into the bypass with the lower height and is diverted, and the bypass is buried in the ball, the ball is introduced into the bypass with the lower height and diverted. That is, according to the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inflow port, the balls can be detoured stepwise to the area away from the mountain by each detour, so that the balls are dispersed uniformly over the entire storage area. It can be made easy.

  In the gaming machine B4, a plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inlet to the other end.

  According to the gaming machine B5, since a plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different distances from the inflow to the other end, the growth degree of the mountain formed in the vicinity of the inflow is obtained. Accordingly, when the ball is gradually diverted by different detours, the sphere can be diverted to an appropriate area (detour destination) according to each step. As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In the gaming machine B5, the separation distance from the inflow port to the other end is set to a longer distance as the detour path where the height position is higher.

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B5, the separation distance from the inflow to the other end is set to a longer distance as the detour is higher in height position, so it is formed near the inflow As the hills grow, the sphere can be progressively diverted to the area further from the inlet (ie, the area further from the hill). As a result, the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the detour is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connection is opened to form a rolling surface on which balls can roll. A game machine B7 characterized in that a standing wall is erected on the edge of the side to be opened on the rolling surface.

  According to the gaming machine B7, any of the gaming machines B1 to B6 is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connecting portion is opened and the ball is formed as a rolling surface on which the ball can roll Therefore, for example, compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, since a standing wall is erected on the edge on the side to be opened on the rolling surface, a part of the balls stored in the storage area intrude into the detour path, and the balls on the rolling surface roll. It is possible to suppress movement inhibition. As a result, it is possible to effectively function the detour and to disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  The standing wall may be formed only in the vicinity of one end (inflow port) of the detour. In addition, the height of the standing wall may be higher on the side closer to the inlet (one end), and may be reduced continuously or stepwise toward the other end. The height of the mountain increases in the vicinity of the inlet, and the ball easily intrudes into the detour. In addition, standing walls are not formed in the vicinity of the other end of the bypass. It is for sending a ball from a detour to a storage area.

  In any one of the game machines B1 to B7, the detour is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connection is opened to form a rolling surface on which balls can roll. A game machine B8 characterized in that a plurality of flow-down portions for causing the ball to flow down to the open side are formed on the rolling surface with a predetermined interval in the ball rolling direction.

  According to the gaming machine B8, any of the gaming machines B1 to B7 is connected to the inner wall partitioning the storage area, and the opposite side to the connecting portion is opened and the ball is formed as a rolling surface on which the ball can roll Therefore, for example, compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, a plurality of lower portions for causing the balls to flow down to the open side are formed on the rolling surface with a predetermined interval in the ball rolling direction, so it is easy to disperse the balls uniformly in the entire storage area. can do. That is, the balls flowed into the detour are made to flow down from the first of the plurality of flow lowers to the storage area, and a mountain is formed at the flow-down point. When the mountain blocks the flow from the lower part to the storage area, the ball flowing into the detour is rolled to the next lower part and flows down from the lower part to the storage area. Mountains are formed. By repeating this, it is possible to shift the positions of the mountains formed in the storage area in order along the detour, and as a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly throughout the storage area.

  In any one of game machines B1 to B8, a ball throwing path for throwing a ball to flow from the inflow port to the storage area of the storage member to the inflow port, and a second inflow port located apart from the first inflow port And the bypass circuit has one end in communication with the ball feeding path and the other end in communication with the second inlet.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a feeding path for sending a ball to flow from the inlet into the storage area to the inlet and a position separated from the first inlet And the bypass path has one end connected to the ball feeding path and the other end connected to the second inlet, so that the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area. it can.

  That is, when the ball thrown from the ball throwing passage flows into the storage area from the inflow port, a mountain is formed by the ball flowing in from the inflow port. In this case, when the mountain blocks the inflow of the ball from the inflow port to the storage area, the ball thrown from the ball throwing path is diverted to the second inflow port through the communication path, and the storage area from the second inflow port Can flow into Thereby, the sphere can be made to flow from the second inlet into the area separated from the mountain formed by the spheres flowing from the inlet, and as a result, it becomes easy to disperse the sphere uniformly throughout the storage area. Can.

<Regarding the concept of the invention taking the engaging piece 552n as an example>
In the gaming machine provided with a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member is a bottom wall portion And a side wall standing from the bottom wall, wherein the side wall is formed by superposing a plurality of divided bodies in the upper and lower direction, in a direction in which the plurality of divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame By being rotated, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and each divided body is provided with defining means for defining the order of permitting relative movement between the divided bodies. Game machine C1.

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure for enlarging or reducing the storage area of the lower tray by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, in the above-described gaming machine, it is not possible to arrange the ball removal hole in the overlapping portion of the bottom wall on the fixed side and the bottom wall on the slide side, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement is reduced.

  As a result of intensive investigations, the applicant of the present application forms the side wall portion from a plurality of divided bodies stacked one on top of the other, and rotates the plurality of divided bodies toward or away from the front frame by the player's operation. The present invention has conceived of a structure for enlarging or reducing the size of the storage area (unknown at the time of this application). According to this structure, since the overlap between the portion (segmented body) displaced for expansion or reduction of the storage area and the bottom wall portion is not formed, disposing the deburring hole at any position of the bottom wall portion It is possible to secure the freedom of its placement. However, the inventors of the present invention have found that the order of rotation of each of the plurality of divided bodies is not determined, and the expansion or contraction of the storage area is not unique.

  On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, each divided body is provided with defining means for defining the relative movement between the stacked divided bodies, so that the divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame by the operation of the player In the case of rotation in the direction of rotation, the order in which the relative movement of the divided bodies to be superposed is allowed is defined by the defining means, so that the order of rotation of each divided body becomes constant, and as a result, The enlargement or reduction can be unique.

  In the gaming machine C1, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame, the defining means moves relative movement between the divided bodies vertically stacked from the lower divided bodies. A gaming machine C2 characterized in that it allows in order.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C1, the defining means is rotated in the direction in which the plurality of divided bodies are separated from the front frame (ie, the size of the storage area is enlarged) In this case, the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other is allowed sequentially from the lower divided body, so that the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded. That is, in a mode in which relative movement is permitted sequentially from the lower divided body, the divided bodies overlapped above the divided bodies permitted relative movement are also integrally moved (rotation in a direction away from the front frame) ), So that the entire side wall can be moved in the direction to expand the size of the storage area. Therefore, for example, the size of the storage area can be expanded rapidly, as compared with a mode in which relative movement is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body.

  In the gaming machine C1 or C2, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the defining unit sets the relative movement of the divided bodies overlapped in the upper and lower directions to the upper divided bodies. A gaming machine C3 characterized by accepting in order from.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1 or C2, the defining means rotates the plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame (that is, the size of the storage area is reduced) In the case of (1), the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked one on top of the other is allowed sequentially from the upper divided body, so that rotation of the divided bodies (size of storage area) according to the state of the balls stored in the storage member Can be performed smoothly.

  That is, for example, in a mode in which relative movement is permitted in order from the lower divided body, the sphere stored in the storage member is relatively small, and the lowermost side even if the size of the storage area is reduced. If the spheres are stored to such an extent that they interfere with the divided bodies, it becomes necessary to rotate the divided bodies while flowing the spheres, and the operation of the divided bodies is inhibited.

  On the other hand, if relative movement is permitted in order from the upper divided body, the divided bodies are smoothly rotated without being blocked by the balls until they interfere with the balls stored in the storage member. (Reduce the size of the reservoir area). In addition, when the divided body is rotated to a position that interferes with the sphere (the size of the storage area is reduced), the rotation is blocked, thereby causing interference (that is, the storage area to decrease to a required size). Operation can be interrupted because it can be recognized. As a result, rotation of the divided body (reduction of the size of the storage area) can be smoothly performed according to the state of the ball stored in the storage member.

  In any one of the game machines C1 to C3, the defining means includes a first engagement claw formed in the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction approaching the front frame In the first state, when the first engaging claws are engaged with the upper and lower divided members in the upper and lower divided members and the lower and lower overlapped members are relatively moved. A space for allowing the elastic deformation of the first engaging claw is formed between the lower and lower divided members, and the engaging of the first engaging claw and the divided upper member. The game machine C4 characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is permitted by being able to be released.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects produced by any of the gaming machines C1 to C3, in the defining means, the first engaging claw is engaged with the divided body superimposed on the upper side and superimposed on the lower side. Of the first and second divisions, the space between the divisions to be superimposed on the lower side is formed to allow the elastic deformation of the first engaging claw. By being able to release the engagement with the dowel, relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the upper side is allowed, so that the rotation in a direction away from the front frame of the divided body superimposed on the lower side is lower side It is acceptable in order from the division of. That is, by the operation of the player rotating the plurality of divided bodies in a direction away from the front frame, relative movement is allowed one by one from the lower divided bodies in order, and the size of the storage area is enlarged. can do.

  In the gaming machine C4, the defining means includes a second engagement claw formed in the divided body so as to be elastically deformable, and in a state in which the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame The second engaging claws are engaged with the lower stacks of the upper and lower split bodies, and when the upper stack of the split bodies is moved relative to each other, the upper stacks are stacked. A space for allowing the elastic deformation of the second engaging claw is formed between the divided member and the second engaging claw which can be disengaged from the lower overlapping member. A game machine C5 characterized in that relative movement with respect to the divided body superimposed on the lower side is permitted.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C4, in the state in which the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction of separating from the front frame, the divided bodies vertically stacked are lower When the second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side, and the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side is relatively moved, the second engaging claw is engaged with the divided body to be superimposed on the upper side Space is formed to allow elastic deformation of the lower part, and the engagement between the lower overlapping part and the second engagement claw can be released, thereby permitting relative movement with respect to the lower overlapping part. As a result, it is possible to allow rotation from the upper split body in order from the upper split body in the direction approaching the front frame of the split bodies stacked one on top of the other. That is, by the operation of the player rotating the plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame, relative movement is allowed one by one from the upper divided body in order, and the size of the storage area is reduced. be able to.

  In the gaming machine C5, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw have a shape including a plate portion to which the base end side is fixed to the divided body and a protrusion which is provided so as to protrude from the tip of the plate portion. For one of the upper and lower overlapping segments, the projection is engaged and the upper and lower overlapping segments are engaged. The game machine C6 is characterized in that the plate portion is engaged by being elastically deformed by the protrusion being in contact with the one divided body with respect to the other.

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C5, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw are provided at a plate portion whose base end side is fixed to the divided body and protruding at the tip of the plate portion With respect to one of the upper and lower divided segments formed in the shape of the projecting portion, the projecting portion is engaged, and the upper and lower segment is engaged. With respect to the other of the divisions to be superposed on each other, the plate portion is elastically deformed by the projection being in contact with the one division, so that the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw It can be made common (used as an engagement piece consisting of a plate portion and a protrusion). Therefore, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

  In any one of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body extends from the other end of the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotating shaft and the other end of the first piece, and is centered on the rotating shaft. A game machine C7 having a substantially L-shape in top view from the second piece curving in an arc shape, and the defining means being formed in the second piece.

  According to the gaming machine c7, in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the divided body is extended from the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported on the rotation shaft and the other end of the first piece And the second member is curved in a circular arc shape with the rotation axis as a center, and formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and the defining means is formed in the second piece, so that the defining means can be enlarged and its rigidity Since this can be enhanced, it is possible to ensure the regulation of relative displacement and to improve the durability. That is, since the second piece is formed to be curved in a circular arc around the rotation axis, and the second piece of each divided body can always form a state of overlapping, the space for arranging the defining means is the second piece Can be secured along the circumferential direction, and the size of the defining means can be increased accordingly.

<About the concept of the invention which makes the lock mechanism 77 an example>
And a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing a ball, the storage member being operated by the player. In a gaming machine formed displaceably in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced, at least a prohibiting means for prohibiting displacement of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded A game machine D1 characterized by

  Here, the front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and the upper plate disposed on the front frame and storing balls to be launched to the game area, and disposed below the upper plate, do not fit into the upper plate There is known a gaming machine provided with a lower plate for receiving a ball. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure for enlarging or reducing the storage area of the lower tray by slidingly displacing the bottom wall and the side wall of the lower tray back and forth by the operation of the player. However, the above-described gaming machine has a problem that the lower tray is carelessly enlarged. That is, for example, when the lower tray is carelessly enlarged during conveyance of the product or during the opening operation of the front frame, breakage is caused due to rattling during conveyance or collision with surrounding members. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since the prohibition means for prohibiting the displacement of the storage member at least in the direction in which the size of the storage portion area is enlarged is provided, the storage member is prevented from being expanded carelessly can do. As a result, it is possible to suppress, for example, damage during conveyance of the product or opening operation of the front frame.

  In the gaming machine D1, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies in the upper and lower sides, When the size is expanded from the reduced size state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, and the prohibiting means is rotated in the predetermined order. A gaming machine D2 characterized by prohibiting rotation of a divided body which is first rotated in a direction away from the front frame among the divided bodies.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D1, the side wall portion is formed by overlapping a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the size of the storage area is reduced from the reduced size by the player's operation. When the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, the prohibiting means is configured to start with the front frame first of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in a predetermined order. Since the rotation of the divided body rotated in the separating direction is prohibited, it is possible to reliably prevent the storage member from being inadvertently expanded, while the divided means is first rotated by releasing the prohibition means. After rotating the body, the remaining divided bodies can be arbitrarily rotated, so that the operability of adjusting the size of the storage area can be improved.

  In the gaming machine D2, the prohibition means includes an operator that can be disposed at the prohibition position and the release position by the operation of the player, and the operator is arranged at the prohibition position, so that the predetermined order can be obtained. Among the plurality of divided bodies to be rotated, the rotation of the divided body which is rotated in the direction away from the front frame is prohibited at the beginning, and the operation element is arranged at the release position, thereby the predetermined order The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body rotated in the direction away from the front frame among the plurality of divided bodies rotated in is released.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D2, when the operator is placed at the prohibited position by the player, the rotation of the first divided body is prohibited, and the operator is the player When it is placed in the release position, the prohibition of the rotation of the first divided body is released, so that the storage member can be prevented from being expanded regardless of the player's intention, and the storage member can be expanded. It can be prohibited arbitrarily.

  In the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced from the enlarged state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction approaching the front frame, and in the predetermined order An operation element of the prohibition means is configured to be capable of prohibiting the rotation of the divided body, which is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame among the plurality of divided bodies to be rotated. .

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction toward the front frame in a predetermined order, Among the plurality of divided bodies rotated in a predetermined order, the operator of the prohibiting means is configured to be capable of prohibiting the rotation of the divided body rotated in the direction approaching the front frame at the beginning, so the storage member is not It is possible to suppress the reduction in size. Further, since the operation element of the prohibiting means doubles as the means for prohibiting the expansion of the storage member and the means for prohibiting the reduction of the storage member, the number of parts is correspondingly reduced to reduce the product cost. Can.

  In the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operation element of the prohibition means is performed by rotating the divided body, which is initially rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, in the direction approaching the front frame by the player's operation. A game machine D5 characterized by being releasable.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D4, the division by the rotating member in the direction approaching the front frame at first prohibits the division from the front frame by the operation of the player. It is possible to release by being rotated in the direction to move, so that it is possible to suppress the storage member from being contracted carelessly, and if the divided body is pushed in the direction close to the front frame (if it is rotated), Since the storage member can be reduced, the operability of the player can be improved. Further, even when the storage member is in contact with the adjacent game machine with the opening of the front frame, the storage member can be reduced, and the breakage thereof can be suppressed.

  In any one of gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the slot machine, “a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying the identification information is provided. The dynamic display of identification information is started as a result, and the dynamic display of identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses It is a gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generation means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, as a necessary condition that the final identification information of is a specific identification information. In this case, the game medium may be a coin, a medal or the like as a representative example.

  A gaming machine K2 characterized in that in any one of gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, the ball is fired to a predetermined game area, and the ball is at an operating opening arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operation opening), identification information dynamically displayed on the display means may be determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when the special game state occurs, the variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable the ball to be won, and the value according to the number of winnings There is a case where a value (including not only prize balls but also data etc. written to a magnetic card) is given.

A gaming machine K3 characterized in that in any one of gaming machines 1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7 and D1 to D5, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the integrated gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and subsequently displaying identification information, and for starting operation means (for example, operation lever) Fluctuation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses. A special game state generation means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the finalized identification information upon stopping is the specific identification information, and using a ball as a game medium and the identification information In order to start the dynamic display of the game, a predetermined number of balls are required, and when a special gaming state occurs, a large number of balls are paid out.
<Others>
A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is known that includes a front frame formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member disposed on the front frame and storing balls. Patent Document 1 discloses a structure capable of enlarging or reducing the storage area of the storage member (lower plate) (Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-136095).
However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, there is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the balls uniformly in the entire storage area.
The present technical concept is made to solve the problems exemplified above, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine which can easily disperse balls uniformly throughout the storage area.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 is a front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, and a storage which is disposed on the front of the front frame and forms a storage area for storing balls. A member and an inlet for letting the sphere flow into the storage area of the storage member, and a detour path extending from the one end on the inlet side toward the other end as a passage capable of sending the ball .
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 2 is the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1, wherein the bypass path is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 3 is the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1 or 2, wherein one end of the bypass path is connected to the lower surface of the inlet.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, it is possible to accelerate the initial speed when sending out from the other end of the detour to the storage area.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1 or 2, it is possible to reliably flow the ball into the bypass path.

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
12 , 3012 inner frame (front frame)
14 front frame 23 outlet (inlet, first inlet)
23a lower surface 50, 2050 lower plate (storage member)
54, 2054 bottom wall member (bottom wall)
55, 2055 Side wall member (side wall portion)
551, 2551 1st division body (division body)
552, 2552 second split body (split body)
553, 2553 third division (division)
554, 2554 fourth division (division)
555 fifth division (division)
556 Sixth division (division)
557 Seventh division (division)
551X to 557X first piece 2551X to 2554X first piece 551Y to 557Y second piece 2551Y to 2554Y second piece 552b to 557b protrusion (convex portion)
551c to 556c Regulating groove (concave part)
2552b to 2554b protrusions (convex portions)
2551c-2554c Regulating groove (concave part)
552e to 557e 1st horizontal part (horizontal part)
552 f to 557 f standing portion 552 g to 555 g second horizontal portion (extension portion)
552 m to 556 m Opening (regulating means)
2551m-2554m Opening (regulating means)
552n to 556n engagement pieces (regulating means, first engagement claws, second engagement claws)
552n1 to 556n1 projection 2552n to 2554n engagement piece (regulating means, first engagement claw, second engagement claw)
2552n1 to 2554n1 protrusions 556r, 557r regulating protrusions (regulating means)
551S2, 2551S2 Stopper (engagement part)
554t, 555t Engaging recess (regulating means)
56, 2056 inner wall member 56a restricting portion (contact member)
57, 2057 Support pin (rotation shaft)
77 Locking mechanism (regulating means, prohibiting means)
3300 1st detour ( communication path )
3400 Second detour ( communication path )
4500 Third detour ( communication path )
4600 4th detour ( communication path )
3310 to 4610 Rolling surface 3311, 3411 Vertical wall 6700 fifth detour (communication path )
6710 Rolling surface 6711, 6712 Lower portion 7025 Sixth detour (communication path )
8400 7th detour ( communication path )
8400 Rolling surface 8800 Extension bypass ( communication passage )
8810 Rolling surface 7023 second outlet (second inlet)
7024 throwing path

Claims (3)

A front frame formed so as to be openable and closable, a storage member disposed on the front of the front frame and forming a storage area for storing the sphere, and an inlet for flowing the sphere into the storage area of the storage member In a gaming machine provided with
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a detour path extending as a passage through which a ball can be thrown from one end to the other end of the inlet side.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the bypass path is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.   The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein one end of the bypass path is connected to the lower surface of the inlet.

Images